<PAGE>
1998
--------------------------------
1998 ANNUAL REPORT AND FORM 10-K
--------------------------------
[LOGO] U.S. Bancorp-Registered Trademark-
<PAGE>
- ------------
U.S. BANCORP
- ------------
CONTENTS
- --------
2 LETTER TO SHAREHOLDERS
6 CUSTOMER STRATEGIES
6 Solutions for Businesses
11 Solutions for the
Affluent Market
13 Solutions for Consumers
16 MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION
& ANALYSIS
39 CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
67 FIVE-YEAR CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
69 QUARTERLY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
72 SUPPLEMENTAL
FINANCIAL DATA
74 FORM 10-K
78 EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
79 DIRECTORS
80 CORPORATE DATA
ABOUT THE COMPANY
- -----------------
U.S. Bancorp-Registered Trademark- is a multistate bank holding company with
headquarters in Minneapolis, Minnesota. Through our bank and other subsidiaries,
we offer a comprehensive range of financial solutions to meet the needs of
businesses, institutions, government entities, and individuals.
The nation's 14th largest bank holding company, U.S. Bancorp assets totaled
$76.4 billion at December 31, 1998. Our market capitalization of nearly $26
billion at year-end 1998 placed us eighth among U.S. bank holding companies.
U.S. Bancorp also ranks among the top-performing U.S. bank holding
companies in terms of profitability and efficiency. We reported 1998 return on
average assets of 2.03 percent, return on average common equity of 24.1 percent,
and an efficiency ratio of 49.1 percent, before nonrecurring items. Without the
impact of investment banking and brokerage operations, our efficiency ratio was
44.2 percent.
U.S. Bancorp serves millions of banking customers principally in 17 states
from the Midwest to the Rocky Mountains to the Pacific Northwest. For larger
businesses and affluent clients with more complex needs, we provide
relationship-driven, customized solutions. For retail customers, including small
businesses and individuals, we focus on providing anytime, anywhere access to
high-quality products and services. Through our bank and other subsidiaries, we
also offer specialized expertise and leadership covering a broad financial
spectrum including electronic payment systems, corporate trust services, asset
management, investment banking, and securities brokerage.
U.S. Bancorp is committed to satisfying customers and creating shareholder
value. Our five business lines--Commercial & Business Banking and Private
Financial Services, Retail Banking, Payment Systems, Corporate Trust and
Institutional Financial Services, and Investment Banking and Brokerage--focus on
fulfilling these commitments to customers and shareholders.
U.S. Bancorp is listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the ticker
symbol USB. Our Internet home page is located at www.usbank.com.
<PAGE>
-----------------
FINANCIAL SUMMARY
-----------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Percent Change
(Dollars in Millions, Except Per Share Data) 1998 1997 1997-1998
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Income before nonrecurring items ............................ $ 1,455.8 $ 1,255.2 16.0%
Nonrecurring items .......................................... (128.4) (416.7) (69.2)
---------------------------
Net income .................................................. $ 1,327.4 $ 838.5 58.3
---------------------------
PER COMMON SHARE
Earnings per share .......................................... $ 1.81 $ 1.13 60.2
Diluted earnings per share .................................. 1.78 1.11 60.4
Earnings on a cash basis (diluted)* ......................... 1.98 1.27 55.9
Dividends paid .............................................. .70 .62 12.9
Common shareholders' equity ................................. 8.23 7.96 3.4
PER COMMON SHARE BEFORE NONRECURRING ITEMS
Earnings per share .......................................... 1.98 1.71 15.8
Diluted earnings per share .................................. 1.96 1.68 16.7
Earnings on a cash basis (diluted)* ......................... 2.15 1.83 17.5
---------------------------
FINANCIAL RATIOS
Return on average assets .................................... 1.85% 1.22%
Return on average common equity ............................. 21.9 14.6
Efficiency ratio ............................................ 53.1 59.6
Net interest margin (taxable-equivalent basis) .............. 4.87 5.04
SELECTED FINANCIAL RATIOS BEFORE NONRECURRING ITEMS
Return on average assets .................................... 2.03 1.83
Return on average common equity ............................. 24.1 22.0
Efficiency ratio ............................................ 49.1 48.9
Banking efficiency ratio** .................................. 44.2 47.9
---------------------------
AT YEAR END
Loans ....................................................... $ 59,122 $ 54,708 8.1%
Allowance for credit losses ................................. 1,001 1,009 (.8)
Assets ...................................................... 76,438 71,295 7.2
Total shareholders' equity .................................. 5,970 5,890 1.4
Tangible common equity to total assets*** ................... 6.0% 7.0%
Tier 1 capital ratio ........................................ 6.4 7.4
Total risk-based capital ratio .............................. 10.9 11.6
Leverage ratio .............................................. 6.8 7.3
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
* CALCULATED BY ADDING AMORTIZATION OF GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS
TO NET INCOME.
** WITHOUT INVESTMENT BANKING AND BROKERAGE ACTIVITY.
*** DEFINED AS COMMON EQUITY LESS GOODWILL AS A PERCENTAGE OF TOTAL ASSETS
LESS GOODWILL.
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
THIS ANNUAL REPORT AND FORM 10-K INCLUDES FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS THAT
INVOLVE INHERENT RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES. U.S. BANCORP CAUTIONS READERS THAT A
NUMBER OF IMPORTANT FACTORS COULD CAUSE ACTUAL RESULTS TO DIFFER MATERIALLY FROM
THOSE IN THE FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS. THESE FACTORS INCLUDE ECONOMIC
CONDITIONS AND COMPETITION IN THE GEOGRAPHIC AND BUSINESS AREAS IN WHICH THE
COMPANY OPERATES, INFLATION, FLUCTUATIONS IN INTEREST RATES, LEGISLATION AND
GOVERNMENTAL REGULATION, AND YEAR 2000 ISSUES.
RETURN ON AVERAGE COMMON EQUITY*
PERCENT
94 15.3
95 18.3
96 19.8
97 22.0
98 24.1
RETURN ON AVERAGE ASSETS*
PERCENT
94 1.23
95 1.51
96 1.69
97 1.83
98 2.03
DILUTED EARNINGS PER SHARE*
DOLLARS
94 .98
95 1.23
96 1.47
97 1.68
98 1.96
EFFICIENCY RATIO*
PERCENT
94 62.1
95 56.3
96 52.2
97 48.9
98 49.1
SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY TO ASSETS RATIO
PERCENT
94 7.9
95 8.1
96 8.3
97 8.3
98 7.8
*Before nonrecurring items.
U.S. Bancorp 1
<PAGE>
-------------------
TO OUR SHAREHOLDERS
-------------------
IN 1998 WE LAID THE FOUNDATION FOR AN EVEN STRONGER U.S. BANCORP, A UNIFIED
FINANCIAL SERVICES PROVIDER WITH MORE AND BETTER TOOLS TO BUILD DEEPER CUSTOMER
RELATIONSHIPS AND CREATE SHAREHOLDER VALUE.
Successfully completing the integration of our banking operations ranks as our
greatest achievement of the year. As you know, in August 1997 First Bank System,
Inc. (FBS) acquired U.S. Bancorp of Portland, Oregon and adopted the U.S.
Bancorp name. After many months of planning, preparation and conversion, we
built a united organization serving our entire 17-state banking region with one
strong brand identity, a broad array of high-quality products and services, and
centralized systems and operations.
In addition to combining the best of our banking organizations, we expanded
our capabilities with the May 1998 acquisition of Piper Jaffray Companies Inc.,
a full-service investment banking and securities company. We immediately began
the task of leveraging this new partnership to provide our business, private
banking, and retail customers a broader range of financial solutions. We further
enhanced our investment banking capabilities in January 1999 with the
acquisition of Libra Investments, Inc., a specialist in underwriting and trading
high yield and mezzanine securities for middle market companies.
[PHOTO]
JOHN F. GRUNDHOFER
CHAIRMAN, PRESIDENT AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
Our customers and employees have experienced tremendous change during the
bank integration and have begun to reap the rewards of our larger, smarter
organization. We have maintained outstanding financial performance during this
transition and are well-positioned to make the most of our new opportunities,
and others yet to come.
FINANCIAL RESULTS
- -----------------
U.S. Bancorp's focus on providing solutions for customers and creating value
for shareholders remains steadfast. Shareholder value drives our management
priorities and directs virtually every decision we make. This strategy
- --comprised of strong market presence, core business growth and productivity,
and technology to support our core business initiatives--has served us well,
even through volatile economic times such as those we experienced during the
past year.
Before nonrecurring items, diluted earnings per common share increased to
$1.96, up 16.7 percent from 1997. U.S. Bancorp continues to rank among the
leaders in our peer group in terms of profitability. Excluding nonrecurring
items, our return on
2 U.S. Bancorp
<PAGE>
average assets of 2.03 percent in 1998 placed us first in our peer group of
18 regional bank holding companies. Our return on average common equity of
24.1 percent for the year, before nonrecurring items, also placed us first
among our peers.
Cost containment and productivity continue to be U.S. Bancorp hallmarks.
Our efficiency ratio (noninterest expenses divided by total revenue), before
nonrecurring items, was 49.1 percent in 1998, placing us second in our peer
group. Without the impact of investment banking and brokerage activity, the
efficiency ratio, before nonrecurring items, was 44.2 percent in 1998,
improved from 47.9 percent in 1997. In the third quarter we reached our
originally targeted expense reduction associated with the U.S. Bancorp
acquisition.
From a long-term view, our stock's relative performance remained strong.
One hundred dollars invested in U.S. Bancorp (formerly FBS) common stock on
December 31, 1989, would have been worth $858 at year-end 1998. That compares
with $520 for the KBW 50 Bank Index and $439 for the Standard & Poor's 500 Stock
Index. (Keefe Bruyette & Woods, Inc. publishes the KBW 50 Bank Index, a
market-capitalization-weighted total return index of the 50 largest U.S. banks.)
As we begin the new year, revenue growth is our top priority. In 1998 loan
growth in 11 central states was exceptional, while six western states lagged
behind the rest of our banking region. This slower loan growth was related to
our time-consuming focus on systems conversion and training, as well as the
impact of Asian economic problems on our more export-dependent markets. We are
confident that, as employees become more familiar with the operating model that
has proven successful in our Midwest and Rocky Mountain regions--a sales-driven
culture supported by high-quality products, services, and technology--we will
generate more consistent loan growth throughout all our markets.
Economic uncertainty lurks behind the scenes, but we are confident that our
fundamental business remains sound. Our conservative risk management practices
have served us well during this turbulent time in financial markets. Our credit
quality and reserve coverage remain strong. We have no direct exposure to
emerging markets and no exposure to hedge funds. Furthermore, we have strong
market presence in diverse, growing geographic markets.
We are completing the implementation of our strategic plan for "Year 2000
readiness," that is, preparing our computer systems to correctly receive,
process, handle, and calculate dates on and beyond January 1, 2000. We have
substantially finished Year 2000 upgrades to our critical computer hardware and
software. This year we will conduct further testing and modifications, as
necessary. Our Year 2000 readiness reaches across our entire organization,
including phone systems, automated teller machines, and vendor relationships.
U.S. BANK INTEGRATION
- ---------------------
The launch of our new brand identity in all markets and integration of the six
western states of the former U.S. Bancorp have been successful by many measures.
Consider the March 1998 rollout of the U.S. Bank-Registered Trademark-
brand identity in our 11 former First Bank and Colorado National Bank states.
By May 1998, after sign unveilings and an advertising blitz, 99 percent of
customers in key markets were aware that the bank's name had changed.
Awareness was 75 percent among noncustomers.
Introducing a new name and logo was just one of many tasks involved in
this large, complex integration. Less noticeable but perhaps more critical,
we successfully completed more than two dozen major systems conversions. In
the process, we maintained the integrity of millions of pieces of customer
data. We also made a common set of high-quality financial solutions available
to customers throughout our markets.
Despite the changes we have put customers through,
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
"U.S. BANCORP'S FOCUS ON PROVIDING SOLUTIONS FOR CUSTOMERS AND CREATING VALUE
FOR SHAREHOLDERS REMAINS STEADFAST."
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[LOGO] U.S. Bancorp-Registered Trademark-
U.S. Bancorp 3
<PAGE>
we have enjoyed virtually zero customer attrition and continued to grow loans
and deposits. We thank our customers for their loyalty. One reason commercial
and high net worth customers, in particular, have stayed with us is that we have
retained nearly all employees who manage customer relationships. Our employees
deserve credit for helping guide customers through this transition.
The post-conversion U.S. Bank is strong. Our managers and employees have
high standards, and they are focused on achieving high performance. Our
workforce is endowed with great talent and experience, as well as an improved
product set and sales tools.
We are over our integration hurdles and have a strong focus on new business
development. By contrast, our major bank competitors are just beginning their
integration efforts. We are prepared to take full advantage of this environment.
CAPITAL ALLOCATION
- ------------------
U.S. Bancorp continues to pursue the all-important task of allocating capital to
create and preserve shareholder value. We allocate capital by:
- MAKING STRATEGIC ACQUISITIONS--As I mentioned, we are bridging the gap
between banking and investments with the additions of U.S. Bancorp Piper
Jaffray-Registered Trademark- and U.S. Bancorp-Registered Trademark-
Libra-SM- (a division of U.S. Bancorp Investments, Inc.). Both will enable us
to maintain our strong position with middle market businesses. Last year we
also made several smaller acquisitions that broadened our capabilities,
expanded our geographic reach, and strengthened existing businesses.
- INVESTING IN CORE BUSINESSES--U.S. Bancorp invests in businesses that
hold potential for strong, sustainable profitability. We manage our company
along five business lines: Commercial & Business Banking and Private
Financial Services, Retail Banking, Payment Systems, Corporate Trust and
Institutional Financial Services, and Investment Banking and Brokerage. Our
business lines were busy with integration activities in 1998, while laying
the groundwork to improve sales and service, revenue, and profitability in
1999. For details on how our business units are providing solutions to
customers, please turn to page 6.
- REPURCHASING STOCK--On June 9, 1998, the company announced a share
repurchase program of up to $2.5 billion of common stock over the period ending
March 31, 2000. At year-end, we had repurchased 24.6 million of those shares for
a total dollar value of $963 million.
- INCREASING DIVIDENDS--On February 17, 1999, the U.S. Bancorp Board of
Directors increased the quarterly dividend to 19.50 cents from 17.50 cents, an
increase of more than 11 percent. It was our eighth consecutive annual increase.
U.S. Bancorp Piper Jaffray-Registered Trademark- logo
U.S. Bancorp Libra-SM- logo
Graph illustrates the following information: U.S. Bancorp* cumulative total
shareholder return**
Index: 12/31/89 = $100
USB = U.S. Bancorp (formerly FBS) Common Stock
KBW = Keefe, Bruyette & Woods 50 Bank Index
S&P = Standard & Poor's 500 Stock Index
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------
Year USB KBW S&P
<S> <C> <C> <C>
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------
1989: 100 100 100
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------
1990: 83 72 97
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------
1991: 159 114 126
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------
1992: 193 145 136
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------
1993: 217 153 150
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------
1994: 243 145 152
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------
1995: 375 232 209
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------
1996: 529 329 257
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------
1997: 886 480 342
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------
1998: 858 520 439
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
* Formerly FBS
** Capital appreciation plus dividends
$100 invested in U.S. Bancorp (formerly FBS) common stock on December 31,
1989, would have been worth $858 at year-end 1998. That compares with $520 for
the KBW 50 Bank Index and $439 for the S&P 500 Stock Index.
As with any investment, past performance is no guarantee of future results.
[GRAPHIC]
4 U.S. Bancorp
<PAGE>
U.S. BANCORP PEOPLE
- -------------------
In the financial services business, products and services may seem like
commodities. However, we know from continuous innovation that short-term
competitive advantage is possible and profitable. Perhaps more importantly,
superior execution produces additional advantage. What truly distinguishes
one provider from another are talented people who understand their customers'
needs, have a wide range of high-quality tools at their disposal, and can put
the two together to create solutions. U.S. Bancorp has this edge.
Our employees work hard to create shareholder value, because they are
shareholders. Their interests are aligned with yours. Most employees have the
opportunity to own a piece of U.S. Bancorp through two programs: the U.S.
Bancorp 401(k) Savings Plan; and the Employee Stock Purchase Plan, which
enables them to purchase company stock at a discount.
Senior managers have additional incentives to invest in U.S. Bancorp.
More than 360 have targets to own the equivalent of 80 percent to 550 percent
of their annual salaries in U.S. Bancorp stock. At year-end 1998, virtually
all senior managers were on track to achieve their five-year ownership
targets. Senior managers owned more than 10 million shares of company stock
worth more than $359 million.
Like our dedicated employees, our directors share responsibility for
U.S. Bancorp's success. Six directors will retire at our annual meeting on
April 20, 1999: Gerry B. Cameron, Carolyn Silva Chambers, Roger L. Hale,
Richard L. Knowlton, Richard L. Schall, and Walter Scott, Jr. Along with our
remaining directors, they have helped steward the corporation through the
tremendous challenge of combining two great banking organizations and
reaching beyond the traditional boundaries of our business. We thank them for
their service and wish them well.
We owe a special debt of gratitude to Gerry Cameron, who retired
December 31, 1998, as Chairman of the Board. Gerry spent his entire 42-year
career with U.S. Bancorp, former and present, and his vision made creation of
the new U.S. Bancorp possible. Gerry's leadership from August 1997 through
his retirement in December was instrumental in ensuring a smooth integration
for employees, customers, and the communities we serve.
Our company's prosperity is directly related to the well-being of the
communities where we operate. In 1998 U.S. Bancorp contributed more than $44
million to our communities, of which more than $21 million was cash grants in
areas including affordable housing and economic development, K-12 education,
artistic and cultural enrichment, and United Way. In addition to grants,
volunteerism, loan assistance, and in-kind contributions, we provided more
than $350 million in community development loans for revitalization efforts
across our 17-state banking region. These contributions and investments, made
possible by our success, will make our communities even stronger places to
live and do business.
We appreciate your investment in U.S. Bancorp. We expect to continue to
win your confidence as we build on the solid foundation we have established.
/s/ John F. Grundhofer
John F. Grundhofer
CHAIRMAN, PRESIDENT AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
February 17, 1999
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------
"OUR EMPLOYEES WORK HARD TO CREATE SHAREHOLDER VALUE, BECAUSE THEY ARE
SHAREHOLDERS. THEIR INTERESTS ARE ALIGNED WITH YOURS."
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------
U.S. Bancorp 5
<PAGE>
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SOLUTIONS FOR BUSINESSES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
U.S. BANCORP AND ITS AFFILIATES PROVIDE AN INCREASINGLY BROAD ARRAY OF
HIGH-QUALITY SOLUTIONS TO MEET THE WIDE-RANGING FINANCIAL NEEDS OF SMALL,
MEDIUM AND LARGE BUSINESSES, AND GOVERNMENT ENTITIES.
We take a customized approach to addressing the capital, borrowing, deposit,
and treasury management needs of approximately 40,000 middle market and
larger business clients, while providing a more standard set of products and
services to meet the less complex needs of approximately 500,000 small
business customers. Beyond traditional banking for businesses, which we
primarily offer in our 17-state banking region, we provide other financial
services nationally. Our recently expanded investment banking capabilities
include corporate finance, merger and acquisition advisory services, and debt
and equity offerings. In addition, clients continue to benefit from our
national leadership in electronic payment systems, investment management, and
corporate trust services.
BANKING TAILORED TO BUSINESS NEEDS
Relationship managers located in 145 regional offices work with middle market
and larger businesses to develop innovative solutions to address their
clients' complex financial needs. Continuity in relationship management
personnel contributed to our success during the integration of our banking
operations in 1998, when we introduced significant improvements in products,
services, and systems throughout our 17-state territory. Amidst this change,
we continued to give clients what they tell us they want: knowledgeable
bankers who understand their needs and provide meaningful solutions.
As part of the integration, we adopted best practices from our combined
organization. We offer middle market and larger businesses a consistent,
high-quality product set. Now these products are supported by common systems,
which facilitate doing business with us no matter where our clients'
operations are located. Examples of enhanced products and services include
U.S. Bank Corporate Checking, which offsets service charges on accounts with
higher balances. Automated cash concentration transfers all of a client's
funds to one banking location, providing faster access to those funds. And
U.S. Bank EasyTax-SM- allows electronic tax payment to many states.
U.S. Bank also is making substantial technology investments to enhance
our service to middle market and larger business clients. These investments
include the latest Windows-Registered Trademark--based, image-based, and
internet-based treasury management services. We also are developing new
systems for relationship management, sales management, and client service.
Recognizing that non-credit products provide high economic value to the bank,
we are enhancing services for our non-credit customer base. In order to
increase our deposits and fee income, we have developed better segmentation
and prospect lists, enhanced training and products for these segments, and
relationship managers who focus on clients that do not require credit.
With the December 1998 rollout of our SIMPLY BUSINESS-Registered
Trademark- product line across our entire region, we now can provide small
businesses one source for virtually all their financial services needs.
SIMPLY BUSINESS includes
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1998 HIGHLIGHTS
BANKING FOR BUSINESSES
- --) ACHIEVED ANNUAL LOAN GROWTH IN COMMERCIAL & BUSINESS BANKING OF 8
PERCENT.
- --) INCREASED COMMERCIAL & BUSINESS BANKING DEPOSITS BY NEARLY 10 PERCENT.
- --) INCREASED TREASURY MANAGEMENT REVENUE BY 7 PERCENT.
- --) ACHIEVED ANNUAL LOAN GROWTH IN ASSET-BASED LENDING MORE THAN 15 PERCENT
TO END THE YEAR WITH APPROXIMATELY $1.2 BILLION IN OUTSTANDINGS.
- --) ADDED MORE THAN 15,000 U.S. BANK ADVANTAGE LINE ACCOUNTS WITH NEARLY
$200 MILLION IN OUTSTANDINGS AT YEAR-END.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6 U.S. Bancorp
<PAGE>
eight loans and lines of credit, business checking, merchant processing, and
business cards. No matter where a business is located, we offer consistent
loan documentation, underwriting, promotions, and pricing. One of the early
SIMPLY BUSINESS successes is U.S. Bank Advantage Line, a credit-scored,
unsecured line of credit of $10,000 to $75,000. In keeping with our goal to
provide single-source small business solutions, U.S. Bank Advantage Line
clients are pre-approved for U.S. Bank Visa-Registered Trademark- Business
Cards and merchant processing services. Other new small business offerings
include: a combined statement for checking, savings, and reserve lines;
overdraft protection from savings and money market accounts; instant access to
account information online or by telephone; property and casualty insurance
through our new partnership with The Hartford; and payroll processing services.
U.S. Bank continues to offer extensive experience in specialties such as
agricultural credit, asset-based lending, correspondent banking, energy
lending, government banking, international banking, leasing, financial
services, and real estate lending.
INVESTMENT BANKING EXPANDS CAPABILITIES
We have tremendous opportunities to serve our clients, attract new ones, and
generate added revenue with our fully integrated approach to financial
services. The combined resources of U.S. Bank, U.S. Bancorp Piper Jaffray, and
U.S. Bancorp Libra offer business clients the opportunity to manage their
balance sheet with one relationship that can meet a wider range of financial
needs. U.S. Bancorp Piper Jaffray offers full-service investment banking
capabilities including equity and debt underwriting, private placement of
equity and debt securities, trading, sales, and research, as well as corporate
finance advisory, and merger and acquisition advisory services. U.S. Bancorp
Libra specializes in underwriting and trading high yield and mezzanine
securities.
In 1998 we merged the U.S. Bancorp Investments, Inc. capital markets
business into the Equity and Fixed Income Capital Markets groups at U.S.
Bancorp Piper Jaffray. The capital markets groups and the bank are working
closely together to serve clients. We have achieved early success, and future
prospects are promising. Our initial focus in providing clients both
commercial and investment banking services is to maximize the opportunities in
our overlapping businesses, primarily those serving financial institutions and
industrial companies. In addition, we merged the U.S. Bancorp Piper Jaffray
high yield unit into U.S. Bancorp Libra, which opened a Minneapolis office to
facilitate teamwork with U.S. Bank and U.S. Bancorp Piper Jaffray.
During a volatile economic environment in 1998,
CONTINUED
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MEETING NEEDS WITH ONE RELATIONSHIP
APPLIED POWER INC., A MILWAUKEE, WISCONSIN-AREA MANUFACTURING FIRM FOUNDED IN
1910, HAS EXPERIENCED DRAMATIC GROWTH IN RECENT YEARS. FOLLOWING RECENT
ACQUISITIONS, ANNUAL REVENUE FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED AUGUST 31, 1998, NEARLY
DOUBLED TO $1.2 BILLION, AND FISCAL 1999 IS TARGETED TO REACH $1.9 BILLION IN
REVENUE. LIKE MANY GROWING COMPANIES, APPLIED POWER ATTRIBUTES ITS SUCCESS IN
PART TO STRONG FINANCIAL PARTNERS-- IN THIS CASE, U.S. BANCORP PIPER JAFFRAY
AND U.S. BANK.
IN 1995 PIPER JAFFRAY INITIATED RESEARCH COVERAGE ON APPLIED POWER, TELLING
THE FIRM'S STORY TO INSTITUTIONAL INVESTORS. PIPER JAFFRAY COVERAGE ON APPLIED
POWER BECAME AMONG THE MOST RESPECTED ON WALL STREET, AND PIPER JAFFRAY BECAME
A TOP TRADER OF THE COMPANY'S STOCK. ABOUT 80 PERCENT OF APPLIED POWER'S STOCK
IS NOW HELD BY INSTITUTIONS.
AS APPLIED POWER GREW, SO DID ITS FINANCIAL NEEDS, WHICH HAVE BEEN MET BY THE
U.S. BANCORP FAMILY OF FINANCIAL SERVICES. A STRONG RELATIONSHIP WITH U.S.
BANCORP PIPER JAFFRAY AIDED THE PARTICIPATION OF U.S. BANK IN MILWAUKEE IN
APPLIED POWER'S MULTICURRENCY REVOLVING CREDIT FACILITY. INITIAL U.S. BANK
PARTICIPATION OF $22 MILLION IN MID-1998 HAD GROWN BY YEAR-END TO $40 MILLION.
IN ADDITION TO PARTICIPATING IN THE LINE OF CREDIT, U.S. BANK PROVIDES APPLIED
POWER WITH COMMERCIAL PAPER, FOREIGN EXCHANGE, AND U.S. BANK VISA-Registered
Tradmark- CORPORATE CARD SERVICES.
TOGETHER, U.S. BANCORP PIPER JAFFRAY AND U.S. BANK OFFER APPLIED POWER AND
OTHER COMPANIES THE EASE OF ONE RELATIONSHIP FOR A BROAD SPECTRUM OF FINANCIAL
SERVICES.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1998 HIGHLIGHTS
CAPITAL MARKETS
- --) COMPLETED 39 EQUITY OFFERINGS VALUED AT $3.6 BILLION.
- --) INCREASED NASDAQ/OTC MARKET SHARE NEARLY 17 PERCENT, AND INCREASED SHARE
OF LISTED MARKET NEARLY 6 PERCENT.
- --) RANKED AS ONE OF THE LARGEST NON-BULGE BRACKET NASDAQ TRADING FIRMS.
- --) RANKED SECOND IN OVERALL QUALITY FOR SMALL COMPANY RESEARCH IN AN
INDEPENDENT SURVEY OF GROWTH STOCK INSTITUTIONAL INVESTORS.
- --) COMPLETED 67 MERGER AND ACQUISITION TRANSACTIONS VALUED AT $4.9 BILLION.
- --) COMPLETED 13 CORPORATE DEBT OFFERINGS VALUED AT $1.9 BILLION.
- --) LEAD-MANAGED 582 NEW LONG-TERM MUNICIPAL ISSUES, UP 18 PERCENT FROM 1997.
- --) RANKED SECOND AMONG THE NATION'S MUNICIPAL BOND UNDERWRITERS, BASED ON
TOTAL NUMBER OF NEW LONG-TERM MUNICIPAL ISSUES THE COMPANY LEAD-MANAGED.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
U.S. Bancorp 7
<PAGE>
U.S. Bancorp Piper Jaffray Equity Capital Markets experienced strong financial
results driven by an increase in merger and acquisition advisory fees, as well
as skilled trading inventory management that helped offset the public offering
slowdown of late summer and early fall. Equity Capital Markets focuses on
emerging growth companies in the financial institutions, industrial growth,
health care, technology, and consumer sectors, covering more than 300
companies. To meet the equity financing and investment needs of issuers, we
serve clients with integrated teams of professionals in research, investment
banking, syndicate, institutional sales, and trading. Clients have access to a
full range of investment banking services.
U.S. Bancorp Piper Jaffray Fixed Income Capital Markets benefited from an
outstanding municipal underwriting calendar in 1998 marked by growing volume,
average deal size, and market share. Fixed Income Capital Markets provides
expertise in research, trading, sales, and underwriting to individual,
corporate, institutional, municipal, and public entity clients. We have
expertise in both the taxable and tax-exempt markets. Our distribution
approach combines an extensive retail system with a large fixed income
institutional sales staff.
Cross-selling between U.S. Bank, U.S. Bancorp Piper Jaffray and U.S.
Bancorp Libra already is producing results. At year-end, U.S. Bank had booked
hundreds of millions of dollars in loan commitments with U.S. Bancorp Piper
Jaffray clients, and other transactions were in process. Also at year-end,
even before the U.S. Bancorp Libra acquisition closed in early January 1999,
we were awarded several hundred million dollars in high-yield transactions and
had many proposals pending.
INVESTING IN PAYMENT SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY
U.S. Bank Corporate Payment Systems offers programs that help businesses and
government entities process purchases cost-effectively. The U.S. Bank
Visa-Registered Trademark- Corporate Card is a non-revolving charge card that
enables companies to monitor and control employee travel and entertainment
expenses. The U.S. Bank Visa-Registered Trademark- Purchasing Card enables
employees of large businesses to place orders directly with vendors,
eliminating requisitions, purchase orders, and check requests. Other card
programs include the I.M.P.A.C.-Registered Trademark- purchasing card for
government agencies, as well as cards for payments associated with employee
relocation, fleet services, and small business travel and entertainment.
As the corporate payment systems industry moves to its third generation
of products, U.S. Bank continually invests in innovative technology to help
our clients improve productivity and lower costs. First came the U.S. Bank
Visa Corporate and Purchasing Cards with standard, paper-based reporting of
transaction data. Second came the mainframe and desktop generation, with
products such as FirstLink-SM- and FirstView. Now we're entering the third
generation, electronic commerce, which leverages the growing, widespread
connectivity through Web-enabled technologies to change how businesses and
government entities make purchases. We launched two electronic commerce
initiatives in 1998: PowerTrack-SM-, a completely electronic Internet-based
freight payment and transaction tracking system, and C.A.R.E., our Web-based
Customer Automation and Reporting Environment.
PowerTrack automatically pays carriers and bills shippers, saving both
time and expense. Clients submit shipment information to PowerTrack
electronically through the Internet or a private network, and both the shipper
and carrier have instant access to the data. Carriers receive payments as
quickly as 24 hours after delivery, compared with 45 to 90 days for
paper-based processes. Shippers keep the same payment terms they had with
traditional payment
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1998 HIGHLIGHTS
CARDS FOR BUSINESSES,
MERCHANT PAYMENT SERVICES
- --) RANKED AS THE LARGEST BANK PROVIDER OF VISA-Registered Trademark-
CORPORATE AND PURCHASING CARDS AND THE LEADING PROVIDER OF VISA
PURCHASING CARDS TO THE FEDERAL GOVERNMENT IN TERMS OF SALES VOLUME AND
CARDS ISSUED.
- --) RECEIVED EXCLUSIVE RIGHTS TO ISSUE PURCHASING CARDS TO AUTHORIZED U.S.
ARMY, AIR FORCE, AND DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE USERS, CONSTITUTING A
PURCHASING CARD ACCOUNT WITH 1998 PURCHASES TOTALING MORE THAN $2.5
BILLION ON NEARLY 5.8 MILLION TRANSACTIONS.
- --) RANKED FIRST WITHIN THE VISA NETWORK IN SALES VOLUME AND CARDS FOR SMALL
BUSINESS CARDS.
- --) GREW MERCHANT PROCESSING CHARGE VOLUME MORE THAN 13 PERCENT.
- --) RANKED AMONG THE TOP 10 PROCESSORS OF VISA AND MASTERCARD-Registered
Trademark- TRANSACTIONS, SERVING MORE THAN 100,000 MERCHANT LOCATIONS
WITH MORE THAN $22 BILLION IN CHARGE VOLUME.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8 U.S. Bancorp
<PAGE>
methods and receive a consolidated monthly statement from PowerTrack. Both
shippers and carriers can create standard reports from shipping cycle data
that allow users to determine information such as which carriers have the best
on-time delivery records or provide the most cost-effective service for a
specific route.
In 1998 we successfully integrated PowerTrack at 11 shipping management
sites of the U.S. Department of Defense. In 1999 we will pursue cross-sell
opportunities with our existing customers, which make up just part of an
estimated $400 billion in annual U.S. freight shipments.
C.A.R.E. provides an electronic interface with U.S. Bank core processing
systems for U.S. Bank Visa Corporate and Purchasing Card clients. It has
improved client communication with U.S. Bank by providing customized
information and reports that clients choose at any time from secure,
easy-to-use Internet access points. We converted our government customers to
C.A.R.E. from desktop reporting systems in December 1998, and commercial
customers will begin switching in 1999.
U.S. Bank Merchant Payment Services provides electronic transaction
processing for merchants throughout our banking region. Customers can
electronically authorize and capture transactions from bank cards, other
credit cards, and debit cards, as well as verify checks at the point of sale.
We are pursuing two key strategies to grow our merchant portfolio. First, our
focus on providing high-quality service to bank customers and other businesses
in our 17-state region resulted in 32 percent growth in new sales in our
regional segment in 1998. Second, our strategy of delivering credit card
processing to businesses that haven't traditionally accepted credit cards for
payment--including those that now accept a U.S. Bank Visa Purchasing
Card--resulted in 46 percent growth in processing volume in our
business-to-business segment in 1998. In addition, we introduced an online
merchant application accessible via the U.S. Bank Web site, providing even
easier access to our merchant processing solution for potential clients across
the United States. In 1999 merchant processing customers will begin benefiting
from C.A.R.E., which enables them to view statements and chargeback and
qualification reports online.
MEETING INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT NEEDS
U.S. Bank Institutional Financial Services serves the investment needs of
institutional investors, retirement plan sponsors and participants, and high
net worth individuals. We deliver our products and services through three
primary business units: First American Asset Management, First American Funds,
and Retirement Plan Services. First
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXTENDING CAPABILITIES TO MEET CUSTOMER'S NEEDS
WHEN IT COMES TO MANAGING TRAVEL AND ENTERTAINMENT EXPENSES, NEW YORK-BASED
SIEMENS CORP. SETS THE STANDARD. A BEST PRACTICE IN PAYMENT SYSTEMS MANAGEMENT
IS SIEMENS' TRAVEL DATA WAREHOUSE, A CENTRAL REPOSITORY FOR THE ENTIRE
COMPANY. ALL TRAVEL COUNCIL MEMBERS AND SENIOR FINANCE MANAGERS HAVE ACCESS TO
THE DATA WAREHOUSE FOR THEIR MANAGEMENT AND REPORTING NEEDS, INCLUDING TREND
ANALYSIS, VERIFICATION OF POLICY COMPLIANCE, AND PURCHASING LEVERAGE.
U.S. BANK IS FORTUNATE TO WORK WITH SIEMENS IN MANAGING THE COMPANY'S
EXPENSES. SIEMENS IS BOTH A U.S. BANK VISA-Registered Tradmark- CORPORATE CARD
AND PURCHASING CARD CLIENT. WE REGULARLY SUPPLY THE SIEMENS DATA WAREHOUSE
WITH INFORMATION FROM OUR CORPORATE AND PURCHASING CARD PROGRAM. WE HAVE
RELATIONSHIPS WITH 50 SIEMENS LOCATIONS AND 25--NEARLY ALL--OF THE COMPANY'S
OPERATING UNITS.
U.S. BANK HAS CONSULTED WITH SIEMENS AS WE HAVE INVESTED IN THE TECHNOLOGY AND
EXPERTISE NEEDED TO HELP OUR CUSTOMERS MANAGE THEIR EXPENSES BETTER. THIS
COLLABORATION IS ONE REASON WHY SIEMENS TURNED TO U.S. BANK TO HELP CAPTURE
DISCOUNT RATES IT HAS NEGOTIATED WITH PREFERRED TRAVEL VENDORS. SIEMENS COULD
NOT OBTAIN THE RATES UNLESS TRAVEL AGENTS AND/OR EMPLOYEES SUBMITTED THE
IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS TO THE VENDORS. FOR VARIOUS REASONS, THE IDENTIFICATION
NUMBERS WERE NOT ALWAYS SUBMITTED, AND SIEMENS DID NOT BENEFIT FULLY FROM
NEGOTIATED RATES.
IN PARTNERSHIP WITH VISA U.S.A. AND 3-G INTERNATIONAL, INC., WE DEVELOPED AN
INNOVATIVE U.S. BANK VISA CORPORATE CARD THAT DOUBLES AS A SMART CARD. IT
CONTAINS SPECIAL MICROCHIPS THAT HAVE SIEMENS' DISCOUNT RATE IDENTIFICATION
NUMBERS EMBEDDED IN THEM. WHEN PASSED THROUGH A READER, THE CARDS LOCK IN
RATES THE COMPANY HAS NEGOTIATED WITH VENDORS FOR HOTEL AND CAR RENTAL. IN A
PILOT PROGRAM THAT BEGAN IN 1998, SMART CARD READERS WERE DEPLOYED AT SEVERAL
LOCATIONS OF SIEMENS' CAR RENTAL AND HOTEL VENDORS. MORE THAN 2,500 SIEMENS/
U.S. BANK VISA CORPORATE CARD USERS WERE ISSUED NEW SMART CARDS AND BEGAN
SAVING SIGNIFICANTLY ON TRAVEL EXPENSES. WIDER USE OF SMART CARD TECHNOLOGY
MAY BE FURTHER DOWN THE ROAD. WE ARE WORKING CLOSELY WITH SIEMENS TODAY TO
EXPLORE THE POSSIBILITIES.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1998 HIGHLIGHTS
ASSET MANAGEMENT
- --) GREW TOTAL ASSETS UNDER MANAGEMENT NEARLY 24 PERCENT TO MORE THAN $76
BILLION, INCLUDING FIRST AMERICAN FUNDS.
- --) GREW FIRST AMERICAN FUNDS ASSETS 49 PERCENT TO MORE THAN $30 BILLION,
INCLUDING MORE THAN $5 BILLION INTEGRATED FROM THE CAPITAL MANAGEMENT
BUSINESS OF PIPER JAFFRAY.
- --) TOP 100 CLIENTS NOW AVERAGE OVER $100 MILLION IN ASSETS UNDER MANAGEMENT.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
U.S. Bancorp 9
<PAGE>
American Asset Management is a multidiscipline, multistyle investment manager
that serves institutional investors, including corporations, foundations, and
pension and retirement plans, as well as high net worth individuals. First
American Funds, a mutual fund family advised by First American Asset
Management, has 38 equity, fixed income, and money market funds that span the
full spectrum of investment objectives. Retirement Plan Services provides
401(k) programs for small- through large-sized companies. Our programs offer a
broad range of well-known funds, including First American Funds. In addition,
we provide trustee and administrative services for plan sponsors.
By packaging our investment services to meet the needs of a variety of
investors, U.S. Bank Institutional Financial Services has attracted a growing
client base. At the same time, we have kept our focus on maintaining
disciplined investment processes and providing superior service. As a result,
we are achieving our objective of gathering assets and, in turn, growing
non-interest income. In 1998, assets under management increased nearly 24
percent to more than $76 billion.
One of our greatest accomplishments in 1998 was our successful
integration of the money management subsidiary of Piper Jaffray Companies Inc.
Employees at all levels of the two organizations completed the integration
very efficiently. By the May 1 acquisition date, clients had consented to move
all 393 separately managed portfolios totaling more than $6 billion in assets
from the Piper Jaffray capital management unit to First American Asset
Management. In addition, more than $5 billion in mutual funds were converted
to First American Funds. Since then, the enhanced product line of our newly
combined organization, along with the full resources of U.S. Bank, have
created new opportunities to meet our clients' needs.
In fall 1998, we introduced U.S. Bank Retirement Solution, a 401(k)
program for companies with 25 to 100 employees. Retirement Solution was the
first product to be launched jointly by U.S. Bank and U.S. Bancorp Piper
Jaffray. In the few months that remained in 1998, brokers sold 28 new
Retirement Solution plans with nearly $6.5 million in assets and generated new
business proposals for more than $1.2 billion to U.S. Bank Retirement Select,
our program for companies with more than 100 employees.
For further information about First American Funds, see page 12.
MAINTAINING LEADERSHIP IN CORPORATE TRUST
U.S. Bank Corporate Trust Services provides trustee services for municipal,
corporate, asset-backed and international bonds, as well as paying agent,
escrow agent, and document collateral services. Corporate Trust Services
continues to build the scale and low-cost structure that enables us to be
among the nation's largest and most profitable providers in this industry.
Through internal growth and multiple acquisitions over the past several years,
we have developed expert service, leading-edge technology, and quality
delivery. We are continually improving our centralized systems and operations
that support our network of offices from coast to coast.
In January 1999 we announced two transactions, one that will expand our
geographic reach and another that will double the size of our document
collateral services business when they close in March 1999. Our agreement to
acquire the corporate trust business of Reliance Trust Co. will establish our
presence in the southeastern United States. Consistent with our strategy of
maintaining local offices to build and retain our client base, we will keep
Reliance Trust's offices in Atlanta, Georgia, Fort Lauderdale, Florida, and
Nashville, Tennessee--giving us a total of 19 offices nationwide. We also have
secured the exclusive appointment as mortgage custodian and provider of
collateral services for Fleet Mortgage Corp. in Florence, South Carolina. With
this appointment, U.S. Bank now provides document collateral services for
customers with more than 2.8 million collateral files.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1998 HIGHLIGHTS
CORPORATE TRUST SERVICES
- --) GREW PRINCIPAL OUTSTANDING TO MORE THAN $600 BILLION.
- --) SERVICED MORE THAN 31,000 BOND ISSUES.
- --) SERVED MORE THAN 907,000 BONDHOLDERS.
- --) RANKED FIRST IN MUNICIPAL CORPORATE TRUST ISSUES WITH $16.4 BILLION
PRINCIPAL AMOUNT IN 689 NEW BOND ISSUES.
- --) RANKED AS THE THIRD LARGEST TRUSTEE IN THE PUBLIC ASSET-BACKED ARENA.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10 U.S. Bancorp
<PAGE>
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SOLUTIONS FOR THE AFFLUENT MARKET
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
U.S. BANCORP SERVES AFFLUENT CLIENTS WITH ONE-STOP ACCESS TO PRIVATE BANKING,
PERSONAL TRUST, FINANCIAL PLANNING, ESTATE PLANNING, CHARITABLE GIVING,
INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, BROKERAGE, AND INSURANCE SERVICES.
Through teamwork, relationship managers, investment executives, and other
experts focus on meeting the complex financial needs of clients with high
levels of income and net worth, including wealthy individuals and families,
professionals and professional service firms, and foundations. U.S. Bank
Private Financial Services and U.S. Bancorp Piper Jaffray provide expert,
individualized service through 160 offices in 19 states.
DEEPENING CLIENT RELATIONSHIPS
Improved products, technology, and strategies helped strengthen our
relationships with more than 45,000 clients of U.S. Bank Private Financial
Services.
To help meet the needs of Private Financial Services clients who need
customized banking solutions, we made our successful U.S. Bank Private Select
line of products available throughout our entire 17-state banking region.
Available exclusively to our affluent clients who can make a $20,000 opening
deposit, Private Select Checking pays a yield comparable to that of money
market mutual funds. By year-end, Private Select Checking balances more than
doubled to over $963 million, driven by growth in existing markets and product
introduction in 11 states. The U.S. Bank Private Select CreditLine offers
flexible rates and terms on credit lines, and ties into U.S. Bank Private
Select Checking for overdraft protection.
After successful testing, we continue to roll out financial planning
services in additional markets to deliver clients a customized analysis of all
their financial needs. State-of-the-art software enables our financial
consultants to develop tailored plans that integrate a comprehensive cash flow
analysis, asset allocation recommendations, and retirement and estate planning
advice. Given these plans, clients are empowered to make informed decisions. A
relationship team then helps clients implement their plans.
For the ultra affluent, high net worth market, we focus on preserving and
growing wealth. We increasingly emphasize client segmentation and service
differentiation to provide more focused and comprehensive service levels based
on client needs. For example, in 1998 we established a family office segment
to serve clients with family office needs but who do not have the resources to
establish their own family offices. Furthermore, all our markets now have
access to charitable management specialists who advise clients and charitable
organizations on gift planning.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1998 HIGHLIGHTS
PRIVATE FINANCIAL SERVICES
- --) INCREASED AVERAGE LOANS BY MORE THAN 10 PERCENT TO $1.2 BILLION.
- --) INCREASED AVERAGE DEPOSITS BY MORE THAN 15 PERCENT TO $1.2 BILLION.
- --) GREW ASSETS UNDER ADMINISTRATION MORE THAN 23 PERCENT TO $37.2 BILLION.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EARNING CLIENT TRUST AND BUSINESS
A MIDWESTERN COMPANY EXPERIENCED TREMENDOUS CHALLENGES SHORTLY AFTER ITS
OWNER'S DEATH. THE EXECUTIVE'S WIDOW FACED A SIGNIFICANT NUMBER OF FINANCIAL
ISSUES RELATED TO HER HUSBAND'S ESTATE AND TURNED TO U.S. BANK FOR HELP.
A U.S. BANK PRIVATE FINANCIAL SERVICES TEAM STEPPED IN TO CREATE A MINI
"FAMILY OFFICE" TO MANAGE THE WOMAN'S FINANCIAL AFFAIRS, INCLUDING
COORDINATING HER OTHER ADVISERS. THE FAMILY OFFICE OFFERED A WIDE SPECTRUM OF
SERVICES FROM PAYING HOUSEHOLD BILLS AND MAKING LOANS TO MANAGING INVESTMENTS.
LED BY A RELATIONSHIP MANAGER, SPECIALISTS IN PRIVATE BANKING, PERSONAL
TRUSTS, INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, AND FINANCIAL PLANNING HELPED THE CLIENT
UNDERSTAND THE VARIOUS FINANCIAL AVENUES AVAILABLE TO HER.
PRIVATE FINANCIAL SERVICES ALSO EXTENDED THE RELATIONSHIP TO THE CLIENT'S
GROWN CHILDREN. WE HAVE HELPED THEM WITH THEIR PERSONAL FINANCIAL PLANNING, A
FOUNDATION FOR THEIR CONTINUED RELATIONSHIP WITH U.S. BANK.
AFTER THE BANK FOUND SOLUTIONS TO HELP MANAGE HER FINANCIAL AFFAIRS DURING
DIFFICULT TIMES, THE CLIENT BROUGHT ADDITIONAL BUSINESS TO U.S. BANK PRIVATE
FINANCIAL SERVICES, INCLUDING SIGNIFICANT ASSETS UNDER MANAGEMENT AND A
SIZABLE LOAN.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
U.S. Bancorp 11
<PAGE>
U.S. Bancorp Piper Jaffray presents additional opportunities to deepen
client relationships established by U.S. Bank Private Financial Services. In
1998 we began offering Private Financial Services clients expanded brokerage
services through U.S. Bancorp Piper Jaffray, and offering U.S. Bancorp Piper
Jaffray clients full capabilities in private banking and trust services. These
initiatives, which include co-locating U.S. Bancorp Piper Jaffray and Private
Financial Services staff and establishing joint teams, will be further tested,
refined, and implemented in 1999. Together, our banking and brokerage
operations offer a more integrated, comprehensive array of solutions for
clients.
BUILDING A STRONGER BROKERAGE
U.S. Bancorp Piper Jaffray Individual Investor Services promises to provide
full-service securities brokerage and financial planning services with access
to banking and trust services. Combined with U.S. Bancorp Investments, Inc.,
which offers selected investment services at U.S. Bank locations and operates
U.S. Bancorp discount brokerage services, we have more than 100 retail
brokerage offices, over 1,000 banking locations, and approximately 1,600
investment representatives in 19 states.
U.S. Bancorp Piper Jaffray Individual Investor Services grew through
volatile markets in 1998, when a decline in sales of individual stocks was
offset by continued growth in mutual fund, annuity, and insurance sales. To
build market presence and competitive position, we are expanding the ranks of
our investment executives and focusing on meeting the needs of distinct client
segments. In 1998, we began merging U.S. Bancorp brokerage operations into
U.S. Bancorp Piper Jaffray Individual Investor Services. By year-end 1999,
investment executives and their clients will have moved from U.S. Bancorp
Investments to U.S. Bancorp Piper Jaffray. These clients will have access to
more sophisticated products and services such as managed accounts, powerful
trading systems, and online access to equity research and strategic asset
allocation models. For banking customers with less complex investment needs,
nearly all banking locations will feature personal bankers licensed to sell
annuities, mutual funds, and other banking products.
OFFERING HIGH-QUALITY INVESTMENT CHOICES
First American Asset Management strives for consistent, competitive
performance over the long term. In 1998 our investment management teams
achieved competitive results across the spectrum of equity investments, with
standout performance in the areas of equity income and international equity,
and we also had strong performance on the fixed income side.
First American Funds, the mutual fund family advised by First American
Asset Management, has 38 equity, fixed income and money market funds that span
the full spectrum of investment objectives. The mutual fund family achieved
dramatic growth in 1998. More than $5 billion in fund assets acquired from the
capital management unit of Piper Jaffray Companies, combined with growth in
existing funds, propelled First American Funds to more than $30 billion in
assets under management, a 49 percent increase.
High net worth individuals and other clients now have access to a
complete spectrum of growth and value equity investment choices from First
American Funds, including expanded fixed income offerings and the cost
efficiencies that come from a mutual fund family with critical mass. The broad
sales force at U.S. Bancorp Piper Jaffray complements strong sales from U.S.
Bank Private Financial Services and U.S. Bank Corporate Trust Services.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1998 HIGHLIGHTS
U.S. BANCORP PIPER JAFFRAY
INDIVIDUAL INVESTOR SERVICES
- --) INCREASED REVENUE PER INVESTMENT EXECUTIVE 9 PERCENT.
- --) INCREASED ASSETS UNDER MANAGEMENT PER INVESTMENT EXECUTIVE 18 PERCENT.
- --) BEGAN SELLING FIRST AMERICAN FUNDS, WHICH RANKED AMONG THE TOP FIVE IN
FUND FAMILY SALES MADE BY U.S. BANCORP PIPER JAFFRAY INVESTMENT
EXECUTIVES DURING THE FOURTH QUARTER.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1998 HIGHLIGHTS
FIRST AMERICAN FUNDS
- --) TEN OF OUR 30 EQUITY AND FIXED INCOME MUTUAL FUNDS RECEIVED A FOUR- OR
FIVE-STAR RATING FROM MORNINGSTAR.
- --) ALL 13 OF OUR TAXABLE AND TAX-FREE FIXED INCOME FUNDS OUTPERFORMED THE
AVERAGE OF THEIR PEERS, ACCORDING TO LIPPER ANALYTICAL SERVICES.
- --) FOUR OF FOUR MONEY MARKET FUNDS RATED AAA BY STANDARD & POOR'S.
- --) GREW FIRST AMERICAN FUNDS ASSETS 49 PERCENT TO MORE THAN $30 BILLION,
INCLUDING MORE THAN $5 BILLION INTEGRATED FROM THE CAPITAL MANAGEMENT
BUSINESS OF PIPER JAFFRAY.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12 U.S. Bancorp
<PAGE>
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SOLUTIONS FOR CONSUMERS
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
U.S. BANK PROVIDES ANYTIME, ANYWHERE ACCESS TO A COMPREHENSIVE SET OF
FINANCIAL SOLUTIONS TO MORE THAN 4 MILLION HOUSEHOLDS PRIMARILY THROUGHOUT OUR
17-STATE BANKING REGION.
We meet a wide array of financial needs by offering high-quality retail
deposit and credit products, debit and credit cards, investments, and
insurance products. Customer households with checking accounts have an average
of four U.S. Bank products. We provide access through broad distribution
channels, including more than 1,000 banking offices (including more than 140
in-store branches), more than 5,300 automated teller machines (including
nearly 3,000 UBank-Registered Trademark- ATMs located in our banking region),
UBank 24-Hour Phone Banking, and UBank Online. Our goal is to provide
consistent, high-quality products with superior value at the greatest
convenience to customers.
BUILDING A SALES CULTURE
During 1998 U.S. Bank focused on strengthening our retail brand and sales
culture. We extended our product-distribution model--specialized sales and
service staff in the branches with centralized product, distribution, and
operations management--from 11 central states to include all our markets. We
now incent all our branch sales people with compensation that offers them
unlimited earnings potential and, as a result, we have attracted and retained
sales-oriented people to drive revenue growth. In early 1999 we introduced an
incentive program for branch service employees who make referrals to the sales
staff. Service employees also are following new service delivery standards
that link performance with compensation.
In 1999 we will expand the number of personal bankers licensed to sell
annuities, mutual funds, and other banking products. Such investment sales
will be offered at nearly all banking locations. U.S. Bancorp Piper Jaffray
will continue to serve investment clients with more sophisticated needs.
Our Relationship Management System (RMS) now covers our entire banking
region, with the addition of 2.4 million customers in late 1998. RMS is an
analytical software engine systematically applied to our customer database. It
uses customer behavioral data and predictive modeling to make better
relationship-based decisions. Sales and service personnel, regardless of their
location, have a comprehensive menu of options to meet customers' needs in
areas such as credit approvals, authorizations, fee waivers, and the
propensity to purchase additional products. Since the inception of RMS in
1997, we have increased customer profitability and value, improved sales
effectiveness, and lowered costs. In 1999 we will continue to develop
effective uses for RMS.
IMPROVING PRODUCTS AND SERVICES
As we introduced customers to the new U.S. Bank name and logo throughout our
17-state region, we also provided them the best set of products and services
from our combined organization. All retail customers now have access to
leading products such as the U.S. Bank Home Equity Line, featuring fixed-rate
loan options, overdraft protection and borrowing limits up to 125 percent of
equity, as well as the
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1998 HIGHLIGHTS
CONSUMER PRODUCTS
- --) RANKED AMONG TOP FIVE BANK AND THRIFT COMPANIES IN HOLDINGS OF HOME
EQUITY LOANS AND LINES OF CREDIT.
- --) GREW U.S. BANK INDEXED MONEY MARKET BALANCES BY NEARLY $2 BILLION, DRIVEN
BY PRODUCT INTRODUCTION IN CENTRAL STATES.
- --) INCREASED MORTGAGE ORIGINATIONS 86 PERCENT TO NEARLY $1.6 BILLION.
- --) GREW POINT-OF-SALE DEBIT CARD TRANSACTION VOLUME 24 PERCENT.
- --) RANKED AS THE WORLD'S 10TH LARGEST BANK CARD PROVIDER BASED ON SALES
VOLUME.
- --) INCREASED SALES VOLUME ON OUR CO-BRANDED CREDIT CARDS BY 19 PERCENT.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
U.S. Bancorp 13
<PAGE>
U.S. Bank Indexed Money Market, an FDIC-insured savings account that offers a
competitive interest rate and easy access by check, telephone, branch, and ATM.
U.S. Bank Retail Payment Systems continues to develop new credit card
products to serve customers throughout our 17-state banking region. We aim to
be the dominant consumer credit card issuer in the region by leveraging our
customer base and the distribution power of our branch system. We also focus
on building a specialized national portfolio by marketing our co-branded card
products where our third-party commercial partners operate. In 1998 we
achieved strong growth in our co-branded portfolio with targeted marketing
strategies and high credit standards. Our U.S. Bank WorldPerks-Registered
Trademark- Visa-Registered Trademark- Card portfolio, which earns cardholders
frequent flier miles on Northwest Airlines and its partners, experienced
continued strong growth, adding more than 58,000 net new accounts. Existing
co-branded products such as the U.S. Bank Amway-Registered Trademark- and U.S.
Bank King Soopers Visa Cards also continued to grow new accounts. We are
excited about the opportunities with our new co-brand partners, Acme Markets,
Jewel-Osco and Lucky Stores, all leaders in their respective markets.
New partnerships announced in 1998 are expanding the solutions we provide
to consumers. U.S. Bank now manages first mortgage sales, while an outside
provider handles mortgage operations and marketing support. Under an agreement
with New Century Financial Corp., which originates, purchases, sells, and
services sub-prime mortgage loans secured primarily by first mortgages on
single-family residences, we provide lending options for customers outside the
bank's traditional credit standards. Additionally, U.S. Bancorp Insurance
Services, Inc. formed an alliance with Great-West Life & Annuity Insurance Co.
to jointly provide underwritten term and universal life insurance products to
bank customers.
REFINING DISTRIBUTION CHANNELS
U.S. Bancorp continually strives to enhance the overall cost-effectiveness of
our distribution channels while providing customers anytime, anywhere
convenience. This process includes optimizing the number, location, and size
of branches, as well as the products and services offered in each location.
Meanwhile, customers are increasingly accessing quick, cost-effective
distribution channels, namely the telephone, ATMs, the Internet, direct
payroll deposits, and automated bill-paying services. No matter which option
customers choose, our goal is to provide a consistent experience.
Branch sales increased more than 21 percent year-over-year. While the
number of locations increased slightly, we reduced overall branch square
footage, resulting in significantly greater sales per square foot. After an
extensive franchise optimization study, we have launched an aggressive
expansion in Colorado, one of our largest markets. We opened four new in-store
branches in Colorado in 1998, and plan to open additional free-standing and
in-store branches in 1999, most in the Denver metropolitan area. All new
locations feature standard design and layout that is tailored to better meet
the sales and service needs of our customers. We will continue to make branch
development decisions that help customers access our products and services
more conveniently throughout our entire banking region and, therefore,
continue to improve our sales per employee, sales per square foot, and
profitability.
Inbound and outbound telephone calls, as well as ATMs, remain key
components of our distribution strategy, and we continually enhance the
feature-functionality of these services.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PRODUCING ANOTHER SATISFIED CUSTOMER
JAMES AND PENELOPE GIBSON OF MCCALL, IDAHO STARTED BANKING WITH A U.S. BANK
PREDECESSOR 11 YEARS AGO, SUBSEQUENTLY EXPERIENCING THREE BANK MERGERS. WITH
THE NEW U.S. BANK, THEY FEARED LOSING THE ATTENTIVE SERVICE FROM THEIR BRANCH.
HOWEVER, IN 1998, HIGH-QUALITY PRODUCTS AND SERVICES TO MEET THEIR NEEDS DREW
THE GIBSONS CLOSER TO U.S. BANK. A PERSONAL BANKER IN MCCALL GUIDED THE
GIBSONS TO IMPROVED PRODUCTS SUCH AS U.S. BANK CHECKING 55+, FEE-FREE BECAUSE
THEY USE DIRECT DEPOSIT SERVICES--DISCOUNTED SAFE DEPOSIT BOX INCLUDED. THEY
ALSO OPENED A SAVINGS ACCOUNT AND SAVINGS CERTIFICATE, AND REFINANCED THEIR
HOME MORTGAGE WITH A U.S. BANK HOME LOAN.
PLEASED WITH THE EASE OF REFINANCING, THE GIBSONS ACCEPTED THEIR BANKER'S
REFERRAL TO A TRUST OFFICER IN BOISE. THEY FOLLOWED ADVICE TO TRANSFER A
FAMILY TRUST ACCOUNT ADMINISTERED IN CALIFORNIA BY A COMPETING INSTITUTION TO
U.S. BANK TRUST IN VANCOUVER, WASHINGTON--A TAX-SAVING MOVE IN THEIR SITUATION
DUE TO DIFFERENT STATE LAWS.
THE GIBSONS PRIMARILY CONDUCT THEIR BANKING AT THE MCCALL BRANCH. HOWEVER,
THEY USE THEIR CONVENIENT UBANK-Registered Tradmark- CHECK CARD AND UBANK ATMS
ON THEIR FREQUENT TRAVELS THROUGHOUT THE NORTHWEST REGION, AND THEY ALSO
ACCESS UBANK 24-HOUR PHONE BANKING TO CHECK BALANCES AND TRANSFER FUNDS.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
14 U.S. Bancorp
<PAGE>
BANKING ON THE WEB
Online banking using personal financial management software and the
Internet is growing quickly, and we anticipate that the Internet will become
our primary online delivery mechanism. In March 1998 we launched
UBank-Registered Trademark- Online Express, our Web-based online banking
option located at www.usbank.com. Customers can log on, register for a
password, and immediately begin to check balances, view account history, and
transfer funds between checking and savings accounts, credit lines, and credit
cards. Customers also can use the Web site to apply for home equity loans,
credit cards, and other products and services, make investments, locate
branches and ATMs, and communicate with customer service representatives by
e-mail.
As of year-end, more than 13,000 visitors were reaching our Web site per
day, with nearly two-thirds of these being customers making inquiries or
conducting transactions related to their U.S. Bank accounts. The visitor count
is rising by an average of 10 percent per month.
In 1998, ADVERTISING AGE'S BUSINESS MARKETING named U.S. Bank as having one
of the top 50 business-to-business Web sites and the second-highest-ranked Web
site among banks based on functionality, content, design and response, as well
as overall effectiveness in adapting the Internet to our business strategies. We
will expand our successful Internet capabilities in 1999.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1998 HIGHLIGHTS
RETAIL DISTRIBUTION CHANNELS
- --) INCREASED BRANCH SALES PER SQUARE FOOT 25 PERCENT.
- --) OPENED 30 NEW IN-STORE LOCATIONS.
- --) CONSOLIDATED 30 BRANCHES, INCLUDING 28 TRADITIONAL LOCATIONS.
- --) SERVICED MORE THAN 94 MILLION TELEPHONE CALLS AT CUSTOMER SERVICE
CENTERS. FULLY 77 PERCENT OF ALL SERVICE CENTER CALLS WERE HANDLED
COMPLETELY BY INTERACTIVE VOICE RESPONSE UNITS.
- --) HANDLED APPROXIMATELY 1.6 MILLION INBOUND AND OUTBOUND TELEMARKETING
CALLS, CONVERTING 29 PERCENT TO NEW PRODUCT SALES.
- --) GREW ATM NETWORK BY APPROXIMATELY 10 PERCENT TO MORE THAN 5,300
TERMINALS, INCLUDING MORE THAN 3,000 ATMS LOCATED THROUGHOUT OUR BANKING
REGION.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
U.S. Bancorp 15
<PAGE>
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
OVERVIEW
SUMMARY OF 1998 RESULTS U.S. Bancorp (the "Company") earned record operating
earnings (net income excluding nonrecurring items) of $1.46 billion in 1998,
up 16 percent from 1997 operating earnings of $1.26 billion. On a diluted
share basis, operating earnings were $1.96 in 1998, compared with $1.68 in
1997. Return on average assets and return on average common equity, excluding
nonrecurring items, were 2.03 percent and 24.1 percent, compared with returns
of 1.83 percent and 22.0 percent in 1997. Excluding nonrecurring items, the
efficiency ratio (the ratio of expenses to revenues) was 49.1 percent in 1998,
compared with 48.9 percent in 1997.
The strong 1998 results reflect growth in noninterest income and a
decrease in noninterest expense from core banking activity, resulting
primarily from the cost savings achieved from the acquisition of the former
U.S. Bancorp ("USBC") of Portland, Oregon. On May 1, 1998, the Company
completed the acquisition of Piper Jaffray Companies Inc. ("Piper Jaffray")
which affects comparisons to prior periods. Excluding Piper Jaffray,
noninterest income, before nonrecurring items, increased $238 million (15
percent), reflecting growth in credit card fee revenue and trust and
investment management fees. On the same basis, noninterest expense, before
nonrecurring items, declined $88 million (4 percent) from 1997. The banking
efficiency ratio (the ratio of expenses to revenues without the impact of
investment banking and brokerage activity) before nonrecurring items, was 44.2
percent in 1998, compared with 47.9 percent in 1997 reflecting benefits of the
Company's integration efforts.
Net income was $1.3 billion in 1998, or $1.78 per diluted share, compared
with $838.5 million, or $1.11 per diluted share, in 1997. Return on average
assets and return on average common equity were 1.85 percent and 21.9 percent,
compared with returns of 1.22 percent and 14.6 percent in 1997. Net income
reflects nonrecurring items, primarily merger-related, of $128.4 million
($203.9 million on a pre-tax basis) in 1998 and $416.7 million ($593.6 million
on a pre-tax basis) in 1997. The 1997 nonrecurring items include a $95.0
million merger-related provision for credit losses. See pages 22 through 24
for further discussion on nonrecurring items.
ACQUISITION AND DIVESTITURE ACTIVITY On August 1, 1997, First Bank System,
Inc. completed its acquisition of USBC and simultaneously changed its name to
U.S. Bancorp. The transaction was accounted for as a pooling-of-interests.
Since August of 1997, after tax merger-related items associated with the
acquisition of USBC have totaled $546.3 million. As of December 31, 1998,
integration activities are substantially complete and no additional charges
for USBC are expected to be incurred.
On May 1, 1998, the Company completed its acquisition of Piper Jaffray, a
full-service investment banking and securities brokerage firm. The acquisition
allows the Company to offer investment banking and institutional and retail
brokerage services through a new subsidiary known as U.S. Bancorp Piper
Jaffray Inc. The acquisition of Piper Jaffray was accounted for under the
purchase method of accounting, and accordingly, the purchase price of $738
million (including $719 million aggregate cash consideration for Piper Jaffray
shares outstanding) was allocated to assets acquired and liabilities assumed
based on their fair values at the date of acquisition.
On December 15, 1998, the Company completed its acquisition of Northwest
Bancshares, Inc., a privately held bank holding company headquartered in
Vancouver, Washington, with 10 banking locations and $344 million in deposits.
The transaction was accounted for as a purchase transaction.
During 1997, the Company completed three purchase acquisitions of banks
in its operating region: Zappco, Inc. of St. Cloud, Minnesota; Business and
Professional Bank of Sacramento, California; and Sun Capital Bancorp of St.
George, Utah. The Company also acquired the bond indenture and paying agency
business of Comerica Incorporated and securitized and sold $420 million of
corporate charge card receivables during 1997.
Refer to Note C of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for
additional information regarding acquisitions and divestitures.
LINE OF BUSINESS FINANCIAL REVIEW
Effective in 1998, Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. ("SFAS")
131, "Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information"
requires all public companies to provide financial disclosures and descriptive
information about reportable operating segments. Operating segments are
components of an enterprise about which financial information is available and
is evaluated regularly in deciding how to allocate resources and assess
performance. Within the Company, financial performance is measured by major
lines of business, which include: Commercial & Business Banking and Private
Financial Services, Retail Banking, Payment Systems,
16 U.S. Bancorp
<PAGE>
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TABLE 1 SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(Dollars in Millions, Except Per Share Data) 1998 1997 1996 1995 1994
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
CONDENSED INCOME STATEMENT:
Net interest income (taxable-equivalent basis) ................ $ 3,111.9 $ 3,106.0 $ 3,034.7 $ 2,886.6 $ 2,809.6
Provision for credit losses ................................... 379.0 460.3 271.2 239.1 243.7
-----------------------------------------------------------
Net interest income after provision for credit losses ...... 2,732.9 2,645.7 2,763.5 2,647.5 2,565.9
Securities gains (losses) ..................................... 12.6 3.6 20.8 3.0 (124.2)
Other nonrecurring gains ...................................... -- 9.4 330.6 44.8 52.6
Other noninterest income ...................................... 2,244.0 1,602.2 1,431.7 1,265.5 1,186.5
Restructuring and merger-related charges ...................... 216.5 511.6 88.1 98.9 225.3
Other nonrecurring charges .................................... -- -- 118.2 38.2 27.2
Other noninterest expense ..................................... 2,627.8 2,300.7 2,331.8 2,338.8 2,479.6
-----------------------------------------------------------
Income from continuing operations before income taxes ...... 2,145.2 1,448.6 2,008.5 1,484.9 948.7
Taxable-equivalent adjustment ................................. 51.3 57.9 64.1 63.9 69.0
Income taxes .................................................. 766.5 552.2 725.7 523.9 311.5
-----------------------------------------------------------
Income from continuing operations .......................... 1,327.4 838.5 1,218.7 897.1 568.2
Loss from discontinued operations ............................. -- -- -- -- (8.5)
-----------------------------------------------------------
Net income ................................................. $ 1,327.4 $ 838.5 $ 1,218.7 $ 897.1 $ 559.7
-----------------------------------------------------------
FINANCIAL RATIOS
Return on average assets ...................................... 1.85% 1.22% 1.81% 1.42% .89%
Return on average common equity ............................... 21.9 14.6 21.1 17.2 10.9
Efficiency ratio .............................................. 53.1 59.6 52.9 59.0 67.5
Net interest margin ........................................... 4.87 5.04 5.04 5.10 4.99
SELECTED FINANCIAL RATIOS BEFORE
RESTRUCTURING AND MERGER-RELATED CHARGES
AND OTHER NONRECURRING ITEMS
Diluted earnings per share .................................... $ 1.96 $ 1.68 $ 1.47 $ 1.23 $ .98
Return on average assets ...................................... 2.03% 1.83% 1.69% 1.51% 1.23%
Return on average common equity ............................... 24.1 22.0 19.8 18.3 15.3
Efficiency ratio .............................................. 49.1 48.9 52.2 56.3 62.1
Banking efficiency ratio* ..................................... 44.2 47.9 51.5 55.8 61.4
PER COMMON SHARE:
Earnings per share from continuing operations ................. $ 1.81 $ 1.13 $ 1.60 $ 1.19 $ .73
Loss from discontinued operations .......................... -- -- -- -- (.01)
-----------------------------------------------------------
Earnings per share ............................................ $ 1.81 $ 1.13 $ 1.60 $ 1.19 $ .72
-----------------------------------------------------------
Diluted earnings per share from continuing operations ......... $ 1.78 $ 1.11 $ 1.57 $ 1.16 $ .71
Loss from discontinued operations .......................... -- -- -- -- (.01)
-----------------------------------------------------------
Diluted earnings per share .................................... $ 1.78 $ 1.11 $ 1.57 $ 1.16 $ .70
-----------------------------------------------------------
Dividends paid** .............................................. $ .70 $ .62 $ .55 $ .48 $ .39
AVERAGE BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Loans ......................................................... $ 55,979 $ 53,513 $ 50,855 $ 47,703 $ 44,584
Earning assets ................................................ 63,868 61,675 60,201 56,556 56,233
Assets ........................................................ 71,791 68,771 67,402 63,084 62,708
Deposits ...................................................... 47,327 47,336 47,252 44,726 46,146
Long-term debt ................................................ 11,481 7,527 4,908 4,162 3,796
Common equity ................................................. 6,049 5,667 5,679 5,090 4,887
Total shareholders' equity .................................... 6,049 5,798 5,919 5,345 5,180
YEAR-END BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Loans ......................................................... $ 59,122 $ 54,708 $ 52,355 $ 49,345 $ 46,375
Assets ........................................................ 76,438 71,295 69,749 65,668 64,737
Deposits ...................................................... 50,034 49,027 49,356 45,779 46,115
Long-term debt ................................................ 13,781 10,247 5,369 4,583 4,225
Common equity ................................................. 5,970 5,890 5,613 5,089 4,837
Total shareholders' equity .................................... 5,970 5,890 5,763 5,342 5,105
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
* WITHOUT INVESTMENT BANKING AND BROKERAGE ACTIVITY.
** DIVIDENDS PER SHARE HAVE NOT BEEN RESTATED FOR THE U.S. BANCORP ("USBC")
OR METROPOLITAN FINANCIAL CORPORATION ("MFC") MERGERS. USBC PAID COMMON
DIVIDENDS OF $139.1 MILLION THROUGH JULY OF 1997 ($.62 PER SHARE), $168.7
MILLION IN 1996 ($1.18 PER SHARE), $133.1 MILLION IN 1995 ($1.06 PER SHARE)
AND $116.0 MILLION IN 1994 ($.94 PER SHARE). MFC PAID COMMON DIVIDENDS OF
$25.1 MILLION IN 1994 ($.80 PER SHARE).
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
U.S. Bancorp 17
<PAGE>
Corporate Trust and Institutional Financial Services, and Investment Banking
and Brokerage. These segments are determined based on the products and
services provided to customers through various distribution channels.
BASIS OF FINANCIAL PRESENTATION Business line results are derived from the
Company's business unit profitability reporting system by specifically
attributing managed balance sheet assets, deposits and other liabilities and
their related interest income or expense. Funds transfer pricing
methodologies are utilized to allocate a cost for funds used or credit for
funds provided to all business line assets and liabilities using a matched
funding concept. Noninterest income and expenses directly related to each
business line, including fees, service charges, salaries and benefits, and
other direct expenses are accounted for within each segment's financial
results in a manner similar to the consolidated financial statements.
Noninterest expenses incurred by centrally managed operational units that
support business lines' operations are directly charged to the business lines
based on standard unit costs and volume measurements. Indirect expenses are
allocated pro-rata based on the ratio of the business line's direct expense
to total consolidated noninterest expense. Income taxes are assessed at the
consolidated effective tax rate. Nonrecurring items are not identified by or
allocated to lines of business. Since the Company's decision-making process
emphasizes the creation of shareholder value, capital is allocated to each
line of business based on its inherent risks, including credit, operational
and other business risks. On and off-balance sheet assets subject to credit
risk are assigned risk factors based upon expected loss experience and
volatility taking into consideration changes in business practices that may
introduce more or less risk into the portfolio. Certain lines of business,
such as the Corporate Trust and Institutional Financial Services, have no
significant balance sheet components. For these business lines, capital is
allocated taking into consideration fiduciary and operational risk, capital
levels of independent organizations operating similar businesses, and
regulatory minimum requirements. Designations, assignments, and allocations
may change from time to time as management accounting systems are enhanced or
product lines change. During 1998 certain organization and methodology
changes were made and 1997 and 1996 results are presented on a comparable
basis.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TABLE 2 LINE OF BUSINESS FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Commercial & Business Banking
and Private Financial Services Retail Banking Payment Systems
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1997-1998 1997-1998 1997-1998
(Dollars in Millions) 1998 1997 1996 % Change 1998 1997 1996 % Change 1998 1997 1996 % Change
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
CONDENSED INCOME STATEMENT:
Net interest income
(taxable-equivalent basis) . $1,385.8 $1,347.5 $1,246.3 2.8% $1,466.5 $1,506.8 $1,547.5 (2.7)% $194.7 $193.5 $197.8 .6%
Provision for credit losses . 31.8 44.7 29.3 (28.9) 184.9 167.7 106.8 10.3 162.3 152.9 135.1 6.1
Noninterest income .......... 361.7 335.9 310.0 7.7 505.7 506.0 445.0 (.1) 592.4 433.5 376.2 36.7
Noninterest expense ......... 583.7 611.4 596.7 (4.5) 1,072.3 1,190.2 1,268.4 (9.9) 320.8 255.7 242.8 25.5
Income taxes and
taxable-equivalent
adjustment ................. 430.5 395.8 360.1 271.9 252.4 239.0 115.6 84.2 75.9
-------------------------- -------------------------- --------------------
Income before nonrecurring
items ...................... $ 701.5 $ 631.5 $ 570.2 11.1 $ 443.1 $ 402.5 $ 378.3 10.1 $188.4 $134.2 $120.2 40.4
-------------------------- -------------------------- --------------------
Net nonrecurring items
(after-tax).................
Net income...................
AVERAGE BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Commercial loans ............ $ 31,778 $ 29,413 $ 27,130 8.0 $ 2,129 $ 2,070 $ 1,954 2.9 $1,482 $1,275 $1,163 16.2
Consumer loans, excluding
residential mortgage ....... 641 578 540 10.9 12,193 11,826 11,416 3.1 4,120 3,747 3,241 10.0
Residential mortgage loans .. 315 281 331 12.1 3,321 4,323 5,080 (23.2) -- -- -- --
Assets ...................... 40,473 38,233 36,068 5.9 22,021 23,432 24,560 (6.0) 7,067 6,151 5,631 14.9
Deposits .................... 11,209 10,152 8,348 10.4 34,315 35,617 37,539 (3.7) 123 46 41 *
Common equity ............... 3,055 3,155 2,981 (3.2) 1,626 1,588 1,846 2.4 544 486 478 11.9
-------------------------- -------------------------- --------------------
Return on average assets .... 1.73% 1.65% 1.58% 2.01% 1.72% 1.54% 2.67% 2.18% 2.13%
Return on average
common equity ("ROCE") ..... 23.0 20.0 19.1 27.3 25.3 20.5 34.6 27.6 25.1
Net tangible ROCE** ......... 32.1 27.3 23.7 41.2 39.3 32.7 50.4 39.0 41.9
Efficiency ratio ............ 33.4 36.3 38.3 54.4 59.1 63.7 40.8 40.8 42.3
Efficiency ratio on a
cash basis** ............... 30.0 34.7 37.0 52.1 56.6 61.4 38.0 37.7 39.3
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
* NOT MEANINGFUL.
** CALCULATED BY EXCLUDING GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLES AND THE RELATED
AMORTIZATION.
NOTE: PREFERRED DIVIDENDS AND NONRECURRING ITEMS ARE NOT ALLOCATED TO THE
BUSINESS LINES. ALL RATIOS ARE CALCULATED WITHOUT THE EFFECT OF
NONRECURRING ITEMS.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
18 U.S. Bancorp
<PAGE>
COMMERCIAL & BUSINESS BANKING AND PRIVATE FINANCIAL SERVICES Commercial &
Business Banking and Private Financial Services includes lending, treasury
management, and other financial services to middle market, large corporate
and mortgage banking companies and private banking and personal trust
clients. Operating earnings increased to $701.5 million in 1998, compared
with $631.5 million in 1997 and $570.2 million in 1996. Return on average
assets was 1.73 percent in 1998, compared with 1.65 percent in 1997 and 1.58
percent in 1996, and net tangible return on average common equity was 32.1
percent in 1998, compared with 27.3 and 23.7 percent in 1997 and 1996
respectively.
Net interest income increased each year, reflecting growth in average
loan and deposit balances partially offset by margin compression in the
commercial loan and deposit portfolios. The provision for credit losses
decreased $12.9 million in 1998 primarily due to an improvement in
nonperforming assets and related credit performance of the commercial loan
portfolio. Noninterest income increased $25.8 million in 1998 to $361.7
million, compared with $335.9 million in 1997. The increase reflects
increased trust fees and other fees. Noninterest expense decreased $27.7
million in 1998 to $583.7 million as compared with 1997, reflecting expense
savings attained from the integration of USBC. Noninterest expense in 1997
was $611.4 million, a $14.7 million increase from 1996. The efficiency ratio
on a cash basis improved to 30.0 percent in 1998, compared with 34.7 percent
in 1997 and 37.0 percent in 1996.
RETAIL BANKING Retail Banking delivers products and services to the broad
consumer market and small-business through branch offices, telemarketing,
direct mail, and automated teller machines ("ATMs"). Operating earnings were
$443.1 million in 1998, compared with $402.5 million in 1997 and $378.3
million in 1996. Return on average assets increased to 2.01 percent from 1.72
percent in 1997 and 1.54 percent in 1996. Net tangible return on average
common equity increased to 41.2 percent from 39.3 percent and 32.7 percent in
1997 and 1996, respectively.
Net interest income declined each year, due primarily to the planned
runoff of the residential mortgage loan portfolio partially offset by a
decline in deposits and by growth in home equity loans. The provision for
credit losses increased $17.2 million in 1998 to $184.9 million, compared to
$167.7 million in 1997. The increase reflects growth in the consumer loan
portfolios and an increase in
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Corporate Trust and Investment Banking Consolidated
Institutional Financial Services and Brokerage Company
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1997-1998 1997-1998 1997-1998
(Dollars in Millions) 1998 1997 1996 % Change 1998 1997 1996 % Change 1998 1997 1996 % Change
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
CONDENSED INCOME STATEMENT:
Net interest income
(taxable-equivalent basis) . $ 63.3 $ 53.1 $ 38.4 19.2% $ 1.6 $ 5.1 $ 4.7 * $3,111.9 $3,106.0 $3,034.7 .2%
Provision for credit losses . -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 379.0 365.3 271.2 3.8
Noninterest income .......... 303.0 251.6 236.5 20.4 481.2 75.2 64.0 * 2,244.0 1,602.2 1,431.7 40.1
Noninterest expense ......... 175.8 160.0 156.7 9.9 475.2 83.4 67.2 * 2,627.8 2,300.7 2,331.8 14.2
Income taxes and
taxable-equivalent
adjustment ................. 72.4 55.8 45.7 2.9 (1.2) .6 893.3 787.0 721.3
---------------------- --------------------- ----------------------------
Income before nonrecurring
items ...................... $118.1 $ 88.9 $ 72.5 32.8 $ 4.7 $ (1.9) $ .9 * 1,455.8 1,255.2 1,142.1 16.0
---------------------- ---------------------
Net nonrecurring items
(after-tax)................. (128.4) (416.7) 76.6 (69.2)
----------------------------
Net income................... $1,327.4 $ 838.5 $1,218.7 58.3
----------------------------
AVERAGE BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Commercial loans ............ $ -- $ -- $ -- -- $ -- $ -- $ -- -- $ 35,389 $ 32,758 $ 30,247 8.0
Consumer loans, excluding
residential mortgage ....... -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 16,954 16,151 15,197 5.0
Residential mortgage loans .. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 3,636 4,604 5,411 (21.0)
Assets ...................... 564 378 586 49.2 1,666 577 557 * 71,791 68,771 67,402 4.4
Deposits .................... 1,680 1,521 1,324 10.5 -- -- -- -- 47,327 47,336 47,252 --
Common equity ............... 514 379 329 35.6 310 59 45 * 6,049 5,667 5,679 6.7
---------------------- --------------------- ----------------------------
Return on average assets .... * * * * * * 2.03% 1.83% 1.69%
Return on average
common equity ("ROCE") ..... 23.0% 23.5% 22.0% 1.5% (3.2)% 2.0% 24.1 22.0 19.8
Net tangible ROCE** ......... 46.0 41.1 39.8 19.0 (3.2) 2.0 37.0 31.8 27.9
Efficiency ratio ............ 48.0 52.5 57.0 98.4 103.9 97.8 49.1 48.9 52.2
Efficiency ratio on a
cash basis** ............... 45.5 47.2 50.2 96.4 103.9 97.8 46.4 46.5 50.0
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
U.S. Bancorp 19
<PAGE>
credit-related fraud losses. Noninterest income was $505.7 million in 1998,
relatively flat to the $506.0 million in 1997 but an increase over the 1996
total of $445.0 million. The increase from 1996 to 1997 is due primarily to
increased service charges on deposits. Noninterest expense decreased each
year, reflecting the benefits of continued streamlining of branch operations,
as well as the integration of recent business combinations. The efficiency
ratio on a cash basis improved to 52.1 percent in 1998, compared to 56.6
percent in 1997 and 61.4 percent in 1996.
PAYMENT SYSTEMS Payment Systems includes consumer and business credit cards,
corporate and purchasing card services, card-accessed secured and unsecured
lines of credit, ATM processing, and merchant processing. Operating earnings
increased to $188.4 million in 1998, compared with $134.2 million in 1997 and
$120.2 million in 1996. Return on average assets was 2.67 percent in 1998,
compared with 2.18 percent in 1997 and 2.13 percent in 1996. Net tangible
return on average common equity improved to 50.4 percent in 1998, compared
with 39.0 percent in 1997 and 41.9 percent in 1996.
Fee-based noninterest income increased $158.9 million in 1998 to $592.4
million, compared with $433.5 million in 1997. In 1996, fee-based noninterest
income was $376.2 million. The 1998 increase was due to growth in the sales
volume of the corporate card, the purchasing card, and the Northwest Airlines
WorldPerks-Registered Trademark- credit card, and an increase in the
commercial and consumer card interchange rates as well as the buyout of the
third party interest in a merchant processing alliance. Payment Systems
expects a more moderate growth in credit card revenue in 1999 due to the loss
of approximately 50 percent of the U.S. Government purchasing card business,
effective December 1, 1998. See Table 5, Noninterest Income, for additional
information. Noninterest expense increased due to increased technology
spending and costs related to increased sales volume. Net tangible return on
average common equity improved to 50.4 percent in 1998, compared to 39.0
percent in 1997 and 41.9 percent in 1996.
CORPORATE TRUST AND INSTITUTIONAL FINANCIAL SERVICES Corporate Trust and
Institutional Financial Services includes institutional and corporate trust
services, investment management services, and the former Piper Capital
Management acquired in May of 1998. Operating earnings increased to $118.1
million in 1998, compared with $88.9 million in 1997 and $72.5 million in
1996. Net tangible return on average common equity was 46.0 percent in 1998,
compared with 41.1 percent and 39.8 percent in 1997 and 1996, respectively.
Noninterest income increased to $303.0 million in 1998 from $251.6
million in 1997 and $236.5 million in 1996. The increases are due primarily
to increases in mutual fund advisory fees and corporate trust fees. The
efficiency ratio on a cash basis improved to 45.5 percent in 1998 from 47.2
percent in 1997 and 50.2 percent in 1996, reflecting the effective
integration of acquisitions, process re-engineering efforts, and revenue
growth.
INVESTMENT BANKING AND BROKERAGE Investment Banking and Brokerage includes
the U.S. Bancorp Piper Jaffray broker/dealer and U.S. Bancorp's existing
broker/dealer operations. The U.S. Bancorp Piper Jaffray broker/dealer is a
full-service brokerage company that was acquired as part of the acquisition
of Piper Jaffray Companies Inc. on May 1, 1998. Table 2 reflects the results
of the U.S. Bancorp Piper Jaffray broker/dealer since the acquisition date,
including the amortization of intangible assets and employee retention
programs (totaling $32.5 million in 1998), and U.S. Bancorp's existing
broker/dealer operations for all periods.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TABLE 3 ANALYSIS OF NET INTEREST INCOME
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(Dollars in Millions) 1998 1997 1996
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Net interest income, as reported ........................................... $ 3,060.6 $ 3,048.1 $ 2,970.6
Taxable-equivalent adjustment ........................................... 51.3 57.9 64.1
----------------------------------
Net interest income (taxable-equivalent basis) ............................. $ 3,111.9 $ 3,106.0 $ 3,034.7
----------------------------------
Average balances of earning assets supported by:
Interest-bearing liabilities ............................................ $ 49,908 $ 48,097 $ 47,413
Noninterest-bearing liabilities ......................................... 13,960 13,578 12,788
----------------------------------
Total earning assets ................................................. $ 63,868 $ 61,675 $ 60,201
----------------------------------
Average yields and weighted average rates (taxable-equivalent basis):
Earning assets yield .................................................... 8.55% 8.68% 8.60%
Rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities ............................... 4.70 4.67 4.52
----------------------------------
Gross interest margin ...................................................... 3.85% 4.01% 4.08%
----------------------------------
Net interest margin ........................................................ 4.87% 5.04% 5.04%
----------------------------------
Net interest margin without taxable-equivalent increments .................. 4.79% 4.94% 4.93%
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
20 U.S. Bancorp
<PAGE>
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TABLE 4 NET INTEREST INCOME - CHANGES DUE TO RATE AND VOLUME
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 Compared with 1997 1997 Compared with 1996
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(Dollars in Millions) Volume Yield/Rate Total Volume Yield/Rate Total
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Increase (decrease) in:
Interest income:
Loans ............................ $218.6 $(88.3) $130.3 $ 238.8 $ 5.8 $244.6
Taxable securities ............... (62.6) (5.2) (67.8) (56.5) (18.0) (74.5)
Nontaxable securities ............ (4.1) (2.7) (6.8) (1.9) 20.3 18.4
Federal funds sold and
resale agreements ............. 4.8 (1.4) 3.4 (16.1) 1.2 (14.9)
Other ............................ 41.3 6.8 48.1 (.8) .2 (.6)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total ......................... 198.0 (90.8) 107.2 163.5 9.5 173.0
Interest expense:
Savings deposits and time
deposits less than $100,000.... (13.8) (.3) (14.1) (31.8) 12.5 (19.3)
Time deposits over $100,000 ...... (27.9) (3.8) (31.7) 10.9 3.8 14.7
Short-term borrowings ............ (90.1) 2.2 (87.9) (105.7) 10.4 (95.3)
Long-term debt ................... 232.4 (18.7) 213.7 159.8 (4.6) 155.2
Mandatorily redeemable
preferred securities .......... 21.3 -- 21.3 46.4 -- 46.4
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total ......................... 121.9 (20.6) 101.3 79.6 22.1 101.7
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Increase (decrease) in net
interest income ............... $ 76.1 $(70.2) $ 5.9 $ 83.9 $(12.6) $ 71.3
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
THIS TABLE SHOWS THE COMPONENTS OF THE CHANGE IN NET INTEREST INCOME BY
VOLUME AND RATE ON A TAXABLE-EQUIVALENT BASIS. THE EFFECT OF CHANGES IN RATES
ON VOLUME CHANGES IS ALLOCATED BASED ON THE PERCENTAGE RELATIONSHIP OF
CHANGES IN VOLUME AND CHANGES IN RATE. THIS TABLE DOES NOT TAKE INTO ACCOUNT
THE LEVEL OF NONINTEREST-BEARING FUNDING, NOR DOES IT FULLY REFLECT CHANGES
IN THE MIX OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES.
STATEMENT OF INCOME ANALYSIS
NET INTEREST INCOME Net interest income on a taxable-equivalent basis was
$3.11 billion in 1998 and 1997 and $3.03 billion in 1996. Average earning
assets increased $2.2 billion (4 percent) in 1998, driven by core commercial
and consumer loan growth, partially offset by reductions in investment
securities and residential mortgages. Average loans were up $2.5 billion (5
percent) from 1997. Excluding residential mortgage loan balances, 1998
average loans were higher by approximately $3.4 billion (7 percent) than
1997, reflecting growth in commercial loans, home equity and second mortgages
and credit card loans. Loan growth in the Western states was not as robust as
in the Midwest or the Rocky Mountain states due to the Company's focus on
customer retention, employee training and conversion, as well as the impact
of Asian economic problems on the level of exports from the region and
related economic activity and the Company's desire to maintain strong credit
quality during turbulence in the financial markets. See Table 7 for detail of
the Company's loan portfolio distribution.
Average available-for-sale and held-to-maturity securities were $917
million lower in 1998 compared with 1997, reflecting both maturities and
sales of securities.
Despite the growth in earning assets, net interest income remained
virtually unchanged due to a decline in net interest margin during 1998. The
net interest margin, on a taxable-equivalent basis declined to 4.87 percent
in 1998 from 5.04 percent in 1997 and 1996. The decrease was primarily due to
growth in Payment Systems' noninterest-bearing assets including corporate and
purchasing card loan balances, the funding required by the Piper Jaffray
acquisition and the share repurchase program, and margin compression in the
commercial loan portfolio.
The increase in net interest income from 1996 to 1997 was primarily
attributable to growth in earning assets, driven by core commercial and
consumer loan production partially offset by reductions in available-for-sale
and held-to-maturity securities and residential mortgages. Average loans were
up $2.7 billion (5 percent) from 1996 to 1997 reflecting growth in
commercial, home equity and credit card portfolios offset by reductions in
other consumer loans.
PROVISION FOR CREDIT LOSSES The provision for credit losses was $379.0
million in 1998, compared to $460.3 million in 1997 and $271.2 million in
1996. The provision for 1997 included a $95.0 million merger-related charge
related to the USBC acquisition. Net charge-offs totaled $434.2 million in
1998, $449.7 million in 1997 and $261.5 million in 1996. Net charge-offs for
1997 included $62.3 million of merger-related charge-offs. The $95.0
merger-related provision and $62.3 million of charge-offs were taken as a
result of an alignment of the classification and charge-off practices of
former USBC with those of the Company. Excluding merger-related provisions,
the provision increased by $13.7 million in 1998 reflecting growth in the
portfolios.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
U.S. Bancorp 21
<PAGE>
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TABLE 5 NONINTEREST INCOME
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(Dollars in Millions) 1998 1997 1996
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Credit card fee revenue .................................................... $ 574.8 $ 418.8 $ 351.5
Trust and investment management fees ....................................... 413.0 348.0 302.3
Service charges on deposit accounts ........................................ 406.0 396.2 377.2
Investment products fees and commissions ................................... 229.7 65.7 59.7
Trading account profits and commissions .................................... 118.1 30.9 29.0
Investment banking revenue ................................................. 100.4 -- --
Other ...................................................................... 402.0 342.6 312.0
---------------------------------
Subtotal ................................................................ 2,244.0 1,602.2 1,431.7
Securities gains ........................................................... 12.6 3.6 20.8
Gain on sale of mortgage banking operations and other assets ............... -- 9.4 71.4
Termination fee, net ....................................................... -- -- 190.0
State income tax refund .................................................... -- -- 65.0
Other ...................................................................... -- -- 4.2
---------------------------------
Nonrecurring gains ...................................................... 12.6 13.0 351.4
---------------------------------
Total noninterest income ............................................. $2,256.6 $1,615.2 $1,783.1
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
The provision for credit losses was $55.2 million lower than net charge-offs
in 1998 primarily due to continuation of a strong domestic economy, reduced
exposure to foreign markets and improvements in the commercial loan portfolio
as reflected in a decline in commercial nonperforming assets of $21.0 million
in 1998. Excluding merger-related activities, net charge-offs increased by
$46.8 million in 1998, reflecting growth in consumer loans and higher credit
related fraud losses. The higher provision and net charge-offs in 1997 as
compared with 1996, excluding the merger-related provision, resulted from
increased loan growth and higher commercial net charge-offs. Refer to
"Corporate Risk Profile" for further information on credit quality.
NONINTEREST INCOME Noninterest income was $2.26 billion in 1998, compared
with $1.62 billion in 1997 and $1.78 billion in 1996. A number of
nonrecurring gains affected noninterest income each year as summarized in
Table 5. Nonrecurring gains in 1998 included $12.6 million in net securities
gains. Nonrecurring gains for 1997 included a $9.4 million gain on the sale
of an affinity credit card portfolio and $3.6 million in net securities
gains. Nonrecurring gains for 1996 included: $190 million, net of expenses,
received for the termination of the First Interstate Bancorp merger
agreement; a $65 million state tax refund, including interest; a $45.8
million gain on the sale of the Company's mortgage banking operations; a
$25.6 million gain on branch and credit card portfolio sales; a $4.2 million
gain on the sale of premises; and, $20.8 million in net securities gains.
Excluding nonrecurring items, noninterest income in 1998 was $2.24
billion, compared with $1.60 billion in 1997 and $1.43 billion in 1996.
Excluding nonrecurring items and the effect of the Piper Jaffray acquisition,
noninterest income increased $237.6 million (15 percent) in 1998. The
increase resulted principally from growth in credit card revenue of $156.0
million and trust and investment management fee revenue of $65.0 million.
Credit card revenue increased primarily due to higher volumes for purchasing
and corporate cards, and the Northwest Airline WorldPerks program. In
addition, the Company's revenue base was affected by the renewal of the
WorldPerks program in late 1997 and the buyout of the third party interest in
a merchant processing alliance in early 1998. Without these items, credit
card fees would have increased 27 percent. During the third quarter of 1998,
the U.S. Government completed its bidding process for agency purchasing card
contracts for which the Company had been the exclusive provider. The Company
retained approximately one-half of the business. The new contracts were
effective December 1, 1998, and, on a pro forma basis, this change represents
a reduction in earnings per share of $.05, annually. Trust and investment
management fees, investment products fees and commissions and investment
banking revenue increased due to core growth in corporate, institutional and
personal trust businesses and the acquisition of Piper Jaffray. Excluding
nonrecurring items, noninterest income in 1997 increased $170.5 million (12
percent) as compared to 1996. The increase was primarily due to growth in
credit card revenue resulting from higher sales volumes, asset growth in core
trust businesses and service charges on increasing demand deposit account
balances.
NONINTEREST EXPENSE Noninterest expense was $2.84 billion in 1998, compared
with $2.81 billion in 1997 and $2.54 billion in 1996. Total noninterest
expense included nonrecurring charges of $216.5 million in 1998, compared to
$511.6 million in 1997 and $206.3 million in 1996 as summarized in Table 6.
During 1998, the Company incurred $203.8 million of merger-related expenses
to integrate
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22 U.S. Bancorp
<PAGE>
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TABLE 6 NONINTEREST EXPENSE
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(Dollars in Millions, Except Per Employee Data) 1998 1997 1996
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Salaries* .............................................................. $1,210.9 $ 969.3 $ 955.3
Employee benefits* ..................................................... 222.3 217.4 219.4
---------------------------------
Total personnel expense ............................................. 1,433.2 1,186.7 1,174.7
Net occupancy .......................................................... 187.4 182.0 179.4
Furniture and equipment ................................................ 153.4 165.4 175.2
Goodwill and other intangible assets* .................................. 143.7 113.3 100.6
Professional services* ................................................. 71.3 70.3 58.0
Telephone .............................................................. 69.7 59.7 60.2
Third party data processing ............................................ 67.4 39.2 35.6
Advertising and marketing .............................................. 67.2 56.6 61.2
Other personnel costs .................................................. 53.0 66.6 83.4
Printing, stationery and supplies ...................................... 46.7 37.4 44.3
Postage ................................................................ 46.3 44.7 42.8
FDIC insurance ......................................................... 8.1 9.0 11.9
Other* ................................................................. 280.4 269.8 304.5
---------------------------------
Subtotal, before nonrecurring charges ............................... 2,627.8 2,300.7 2,331.8
Merger-related ......................................................... 216.5 511.6 49.5
SAIF special assessment ................................................ -- -- 61.3
Branch distribution resizing ........................................... -- -- 38.6
Goodwill and other intangible assets valuation adjustment .............. -- -- 29.5
Special employee bonus ................................................. -- -- 10.1
Other .................................................................. -- -- 17.3
---------------------------------
Nonrecurring charges ................................................ 216.5 511.6 206.3
---------------------------------
Total noninterest expense ........................................ $2,844.3 $2,812.3 $2,538.1
---------------------------------
Efficiency ratio** ..................................................... 53.1% 59.6% 52.9%
Efficiency ratio before nonrecurring items ............................. 49.1 48.9 52.2
Banking efficiency ratio before nonrecurring items*** .................. 44.2 47.9 51.5
Average number of full-time equivalent employees ....................... 26,526 25,858 27,157
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
* BEFORE EFFECT OF NONRECURRING ITEMS IN 1996.
** COMPUTED AS NONINTEREST EXPENSE DIVIDED BY THE SUM OF NET INTEREST INCOME
ON A TAXABLE-EQUIVALENT BASIS AND NONINTEREST INCOME NET OF SECURITIES
GAINS AND LOSSES.
*** WITHOUT INVESTMENT BANKING AND BROKERAGE ACTIVITY.
USBC and $11.7 million related to the acquisition of Piper Jaffray. These
merger-related expenses are primarily system conversion costs. As of December
31, 1998, the Company has substantially completed its integration activities
associated with the acquisition of USBC with no additional charges expected
to be incurred. Approximately $20 million ($12 million after-tax) in
merger-related charges are expected to be incurred with respect to Piper
Jaffray in 1999. Nonrecurring items in 1997 consisted of merger-related
charges of $511.6 million incurred in connection with the USBC transaction,
including: $232.3 million of severance costs; $77.2 million of
occupancy/equipment writedowns; $43.4 million of capitalized software and
other asset write-offs; $35.0 million of investment banking and other
transaction costs; $72.7 million of conversion expenses incurred; and, $51.0
million of other merger-related expenses. Nonrecurring charges in 1996
included: merger and integration charges of $49.5 million for the
acquisitions of FirsTier Financial, Inc., the BankAmerica corporate trust
business and West One Bancorp; $38.6 million in branch distribution resizing
expenses; a $29.5 million valuation adjustment to reduce the carrying value
of credit card and core deposit intangibles to estimated fair value; $10.1
million for a one-time $750 per-employee bonus; $17.3 million to acquire
credit card and revolving credit software and to write-off other
miscellaneous assets; and, a $61.3 million one-time special assessment by the
FDIC on SAIF deposits. Refer to Note M of the Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements for further information on merger, integration and resizing
charges.
Excluding nonrecurring items, 1998 noninterest expense was $2.63
billion, compared with $2.30 billion in 1997 and $2.33 billion in 1996.
Without the effect of Piper Jaffray, noninterest expense, before nonrecurring
items, decreased by $87.8 million in 1998, primarily reflecting the expense
savings from the integration of USBC. Total salaries and benefits (excluding
nonrecurring charges) were $1.43 billion in 1998, compared with $1.19 billion
in 1997 and $1.17 billion in 1996. Average full-time equivalent employees
increased 3 percent to 26,526 in 1998 from 25,858 in 1997. Amortization of
goodwill and other intangible assets was $143.7 million in 1998, $113.3
million in 1997, and $100.6 million in 1996. The increases were a result of
the Piper Jaffray acquisition plus several small bank and portfolio purchases
during 1997 and the buyout of a merchant processing alliance. The banking
efficiency
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
U.S. Bancorp 23
<PAGE>
ratio (the ratio of expenses to revenue without the impact of investment
banking and brokerage activity), before nonrecurring items, was 44.2 percent
for 1998, compared with 47.9 percent and 51.5 percent in 1997 and 1996,
respectively. The keys to this high productivity are a tight cost control
culture throughout the organization and the successful integration of
acquisitions.
Since 1996, the Company has undertaken efforts to address the "Year
2000" computer problem as discussed in further detail on pages 34 and 35
under Corporate Risk Profile. In connection with its Year 2000 project, the
Company has substantially completed the evaluation, replacement, renovation,
installation and testing of its critical internal computer hardware and
software and embedded technologies. Remediation and testing of non-critical
systems is in progress and is expected to be substantially completed during
1999. The Company estimates that the cost of its Year 2000 project will
aggregate less than $50 million over the three-year period ending December
31, 1999. The Company has not deferred any material information technology
projects as a consequence of its Year 2000 efforts.
INCOME TAX EXPENSE The provision for income taxes was $766.5 million in 1998,
compared with $552.2 million in 1997 and $725.7 million in 1996. The increase
in income taxes provided in 1998 from 1997 was primarily the result of
changes in taxable income due to the nonrecurring items discussed above. The
Company's effective tax rate was 36.6 percent in 1998, compared to 39.7
percent in 1997 and 37.3 percent in 1996. The effective rate declined in 1998
primarily due to $39.1 million of non-deductible merger-related costs
included in 1997 associated with the acquisition of USBC.
At December 31, 1998, the Company's net deferred tax asset was $261.3
million, compared with $108.2 million at December 31, 1997. In determining
that realization of the deferred tax asset was more likely than not, the
Company gave consideration to a number of factors, including its recent
earnings history and available tax carrybacks, its expectations for earnings
in the future and, where applicable, the expiration dates associated with tax
carryforwards. For further information on income taxes, refer to Note N of
the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
BALANCE SHEET ANALYSIS
LOANS The Company's loan portfolio increased $4.4 billion to $59.1 billion at
December 31, 1998, from $54.7 billion at December 31, 1997. Excluding
residential mortgages, average loans for 1998 were $3.4 billion higher than
1997, reflecting core growth in the commercial, home equity and second
mortgages and credit card portfolios. Supplementing this core growth, the
Company acquired $1.4 billion of consumer loans during 1998 from third party
originators including credit card accounts, home equity and
high-loan-to-value second mortgages increasing average loan balances by
$205.4 million from 1997. The Company's loan portfolio carries credit risk,
which may ultimately result in loan charge-offs. The Company manages this risk
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TABLE 7 LOAN PORTFOLIO DISTRIBUTION
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997 1996 1995 1994
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Percent Percent Percent Percent Percent
At December 31 (Dollars in Millions) Amount of Total Amount of Total Amount of Total Amount of Total Amount of Total
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
COMMERCIAL:
Commercial ........................ $25,974 43.9% $23,399 42.8% $21,393 40.9% $19,821 40.1% $17,736 38.2%
Real estate:
Commercial mortgage ............. 8,193 13.9 8,025 14.7 8,022 15.3 6,864 13.9 6,189 13.4
Construction .................... 3,069 5.2 2,359 4.3 2,125 4.0 1,516 3.2 1,314 2.8
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total commercial .............. 37,236 63.0 33,783 61.8 31,540 60.2 28,201 57.2 25,239 54.4
CONSUMER:
Home equity and second
mortgage ....................... 7,409 12.5 5,815 10.6 5,271 10.1 4,011 8.1 3,500 7.5
Credit card ..................... 4,221 7.1 4,200 7.7 3,632 6.9 3,391 6.9 3,465 7.5
Automobile ...................... 3,413 5.8 3,227 5.9 3,388 6.5 3,243 6.6 3,256 7.0
Revolving credit ................ 1,686 2.9 1,567 2.9 1,581 3.0 1,517 3.1 1,406 3.0
Installment ..................... 1,168 2.0 1,199 2.2 1,463 2.8 1,449 2.9 1,625 3.5
Student* ........................ 829 1.4 686 1.2 580 1.1 468 .9 450 1.0
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtotal ...................... 18,726 31.7 16,694 30.5 15,915 30.4 14.079 28.5 13,702 29.5
Residential mortgage ............ 3,124 5.3 4,038 7.4 4,752 9.1 6,722 13.6 7,177 15.5
Residential mortgage held
for sale ....................... 36 -- 193 .3 148 .3 343 .7 257 .6
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total consumer ................ 21,886 37.0 20,925 38.2 20,815 39.8 21,144 42.8 21,136 45.6
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total loans ................... $59,122 100.0% $54,708 100.0% $52,355 100.0% $49,345 100.0% $46,375 100.0%
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
* ALL OR PART OF THE STUDENT LOAN PORTFOLIO MAY BE SOLD WHEN THE REPAYMENT
PERIOD BEGINS.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
24 U.S. Bancorp
<PAGE>
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TABLE 8 COMMERCIAL LOAN EXPOSURE BY INDUSTRY GROUP
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Percentage of Total
at December 31
-------------------
INDUSTRY TYPE 1998
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C>
Consumer cyclical products and services ..................................... 16.6%
Capital goods ............................................................... 12.7
Consumer staples ............................................................ 10.9
Financials .................................................................. 9.3
Agricultural ................................................................ 7.5
Mortgage banking ............................................................ 5.7
Transportation .............................................................. 4.7
Paper products, mining and basic materials .................................. 4.2
Other ....................................................................... 28.4
-------------------
100.0%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
through stringent, centralized credit policies and review procedures, as well
as diversification along geographic and customer lines. See "Corporate Risk
Profile" for a more detailed discussion of the management of credit risk
including the allowance for credit losses.
COMMERCIAL Commercial loans totaled $26.0 billion at year-end 1998, up $2.6
billion (11 percent) from year-end 1997. Year-end 1997 commercial loans were
$23.4 billion, up $2.0 billion (9 percent) from year-end 1996. The increase
was primarily attributable to growth in core commercial loans within all
industry groups.
The Company offers a broad array of traditional commercial lending
products and specialized products such as asset-based lending, agricultural
credit, correspondent banking and energy lending. The Company monitors and
manages the portfolio diversification by industry, customer and geography.
The commercial portfolio reflects the Company's focus of serving middle
market and larger corporate businesses throughout its 17 state banking region
and national customers within certain niche industry groups. The Company also
provides financing to enable customers to grow their businesses through
acquisitions of existing businesses, buyouts or other recapitalizations.
These leveraged financings are diversified among industry groups and
underwritten based on demonstrated historical cash flows of the business.
Table 8 shows the significant industry groups based on commercial loans
outstanding at December 31, 1998. This diverse mix of industries is similar
to 1997 and 1996.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TABLE 9 COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE EXPOSURE BY PROPERTY TYPE AND GEOGRAPHY
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Percentage of Total
at December 31
-------------------
PROPERTY TYPE 1998 1997
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C>
Mixed-use office .................................................. 17.2% 13.1%
Retail ............................................................ 16.6 15.1
Office building ................................................... 15.7 12.8
Multi-family ...................................................... 11.5 10.2
Hotel/motel ....................................................... 8.9 8.9
Single-family residential ......................................... 8.5 7.8
Land .............................................................. 6.2 6.3
Other, primarily owner-occupied ................................... 15.4 25.8
-------------------
100.0% 100.0%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
GEOGRAPHY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Washington ........................................................ 24.0% 24.3%
Oregon ............................................................ 14.9 16.0
California ........................................................ 13.3 13.0
Minnesota ......................................................... 9.3 8.9
Other states within banking region ................................ 33.5 32.3
-------------------
Total banking region ........................................... 95.0 94.5
Other regions ..................................................... 5.0 5.5
-------------------
100.0% 100.0%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
U.S. Bancorp 25
<PAGE>
The Company's Asian exposure at December 31, 1998, was approximately
$49.0 million consisting primarily of trade letters of credit. Commercial
credit exposure to other distressed foreign economies including Brazil and
Russia was minimal at year end.
The geographical distribution of the commercial portfolio is
concentrated in the Company's banking region, with approximately 50 percent
of amounts outstanding to borrowers in Washington, Minnesota and Oregon.
COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE The Company's portfolio of commercial real estate
mortgages and construction loans grew to $11.3 billion at December 31, 1998,
compared with $10.4 billion at December 31, 1997, primarily due to an
increase in construction loans of $710 million related to successful business
development efforts and general growth in the commercial real estate sector.
Commercial mortgages outstanding increased to $8.2 billion at December
31, 1998, compared with $8.0 billion at December 31, 1997. Real estate
construction loans at December 31, 1998, totaled $3.1 billion compared with
$2.4 billion from year-end 1997. Table 9 shows the detail of real estate
exposures by property type and geographic location. The Company maintains the
real estate construction designation until the project is producing
sufficient cash flow to service traditional mortgage financing, at which
time, if retained, the loan is transferred to the commercial mortgage
portfolio. Approximately $374.8 million of construction loans were
transferred to the commercial mortgage portfolio in 1998.
At year-end 1998, real estate secured $160 million of tax-exempt
industrial development loans and $1.15 billion of standby letters of credit.
At year-end 1997, these exposures totaled $170 million and $1.02 billion,
respectively. The Company's commercial real estate mortgages and construction
loans had combined unfunded commitments of $2.68 billion at December 31,
1998, and $2.38 billion at December 31, 1997.
The Company also finances the operations of real estate developers and
other entities with operations related to real estate. These loans are not
secured directly by real estate and are subject to terms and conditions
similar to commercial loans. These loans are included in the commercial loan
category and totaled $1.78 billion at December 31, 1998, and $1.08 billion at
December 31, 1997.
CONSUMER Total consumer loan outstandings increased $961 million to $21.9
billion at December 31, 1998, from $20.9 billion at December 31, 1997.
Excluding a $1.1 billion (25 percent) decrease in residential mortgage loans,
consumer loans increased $2.0 billion (12 percent), primarily due to growth
in home equity and second mortgage loans and core consumer loans. Home equity
and second mortgages increased $1.6 billion due to the Company's purchase of
a $900 million portfolio of high-loan-to-value ("high-LTV") second mortgages
and successful marketing promotions. Both the yields and credit costs
associated with the purchased loans are expected to be higher than the
typical home equity loans originated by the Company. The decrease in
residential mortgages reflects the Company's continuing emphasis on other
consumer loan products.
Of total consumer balances outstanding, approximately 85 percent are to
customers located in the Company's banking region. See "Corporate Risk
Profile" for a discussion of the general economic conditions within the
Company's banking region.
SECURITIES At December 31, 1998, available-for-sale securities totaled $5.6
billion compared with $6.9 billion at December 31, 1997, reflecting both
maturities and sales of securities. The relative mix of the type of
available-for-sale securities has not changed significantly from the prior
year. The objectives of the Company's investment portfolio are to meet
business line collateral needs and offset interest rate risk positions.
DEPOSITS Noninterest-bearing deposits were $16.4 billion at December 31,
1998, compared with $14.5 billion at December 31, 1997. The increase in
noninterest bearing deposits of $1.9 billion reflects core business growth
and customer preferences to maintain higher account levels as compensating
balances given the existing interest rate environment. Interest-bearing
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TABLE 10 AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE SECURITIES PORTFOLIO AVERAGE MATURITY
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
At December 31, 1998 Average Contractual Maturity
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C>
U.S. Treasury ................................................ 2 years, 7 months
Other U.S. agencies .......................................... 3 years, 9 months
State and political .......................................... 5 years, 5 months
Other* ....................................................... 6 years, 6 months
Total ..................................................... 4 years, 7 months
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
*EXCLUDES EQUITY SECURITIES THAT HAVE NO STATED MATURITY.
THE AVERAGE EFFECTIVE LIFE OF THE HOLDINGS IS EXPECTED TO BE LESS THAN THE
AVERAGE CONTRACTUAL MATURITIES SHOWN IN THE TABLE BECAUSE BORROWERS MAY HAVE
THE RIGHT TO CALL OR PREPAY OBLIGATIONS WITH OR WITHOUT CALL OR PREPAYMENT
PENALTIES. THE TABLE ABOVE DOES NOT INCLUDE MORTGAGE-BACKED SECURITIES AND
ASSET-BACKED SECURITIES.
26 U.S. Bancorp
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TABLE 11 AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE SECURITIES PORTFOLIO AMORTIZED COST, FAIR VALUE AND YIELD BY MATURITY DATE
<CAPTION>
Maturing: Within 1 Year 1-5 Years 5-10 Years
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Amor- Amor- Amor-
At December 31, 1998 tized Fair tized Fair tized Fair
(Dollars in Millions) Cost Value Yield Cost Value Yield Cost Value Yield
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
U.S. Treasury ........... $211 $212 5.84% $160 $164 5.62% $118 $124 5.63%
Mortgage-backed* ........ -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
Other U.S. agencies ..... 1 1 6.57 2 2 6.39 3 3 6.61
State and political** ... 135 136 7.99 521 536 7.67 399 413 7.62
Other ................... 1 1 7.25 4 4 6.88 2 2 6.53
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
$348 $350 6.68% $687 $706 7.19% $522 $542 7.16%
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mortgage-Backed and
Maturing: Over 10 Years Asset-Backed Securities Total
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Amor- Amor- Amor-
At December 31, 1998 tized Fair tized Fair tized Fair
(Dollars in Millions) Cost Value Yield Cost Value Yield Cost Value Yield
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
U.S. Treasury ........... $ -- $ -- --% $ -- $ -- --% $ 489 $ 500 5.72%
Mortgage-backd* ......... -- -- -- 3,395 3,438 6.74 3,395 3,438 6.74
Other U.S. agencies ..... -- -- -- 246 253 7.16 252 259 7.15
State and political** ... 164 170 8.12 -- -- -- 1,219 1,255 7.75
Other ................... 99 118 6.32*** -- -- -- 106 125 6.70***
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
$263 $288 8.09%*** $3,641 $3,691 6.77% $5,461 $5,577 6.90%***
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
* VARIABLE RATE MORTGAGE-BACKED SECURITIES REPRESENTED 12% OF THE BALANCE OF
MORTGAGE-BACKED SECURITIES.
** YIELDS ON STATE AND POLITICAL OBLIGATIONS THAT ARE NOT SUBJECT TO FEDERAL
INCOME TAX HAVE BEEN ADJUSTED TO TAXABLE-EQUIVALENT USING A 35% TAX RATE.
***AVERAGE YIELD CALCULATIONS EXCLUDE EQUITY SECURITIES THAT HAVE NO STATED
YIELD.
deposits totaled $33.7 billion at December 31, 1998, compared with $34.5
billion at December 31, 1997. The decrease in interest-bearing deposit
balances reflects customers transferring funds into alternative investment
vehicles and a reduction in time certificates greater than $100,000 of $461
million.
BORROWINGS Short-term borrowings, which include federal funds purchased,
securities sold under agreements to repurchase and other short-term
borrowings, were $3.4 billion at December 31, 1998, relatively unchanged from
$3.3 billion at year-end 1997.
Long-term debt was $13.8 billion at December 31, 1998, up from $10.2
billion at December 31, 1997. To fund core asset growth, the Company issued
$4.2 billion of debt, with an average original maturity of 2.9 years, under
its medium-term and bank note programs during 1998, and increased its Federal
Home Loan Bank Advances by $800 million. The Company also issued $300 million
of 6.50 percent fixed rate subordinated notes due February 1, 2008, $300
million of 6.30 percent fixed rate subordinated notes due July 15, 2008, and
$400 million of 5.70 percent fixed rate subordinated notes due December 15,
2008. These issuances were partially offset by $2.6 billion of medium-term
and bank note maturities.
CORPORATE RISK PROFILE
OVERALL RISK PROFILE Managing risk is an essential part of successfully
operating a financial services company. The most prominent risk exposures are
credit quality, interest rate sensitivity, and liquidity. In addition, most
companies are currently assessing and establishing processes to minimize risk
exposure associated with the Year 2000. Credit quality risk is the risk of
not collecting interest and/or the principal balance of a loan or investment
when it is due. Interest rate risk is the potential reduction of net interest
income as the result of changes in interest rates. Rate movements can affect
the repricing of assets and liabilities differently, as well as their market
value. Liquidity risk is the possible inability to fund obligations to
depositors, investors and borrowers. The Year 2000 risk is the potential
business interruption associated with a computer's inability to recognize the
year 2000 and continue processing activities beyond December 31, 1999.
CREDIT MANAGEMENT The Company's strategy for credit risk management includes
stringent, centralized credit policies, and standard underwriting criteria
for specialized lending categories, such as mortgage banking, real estate
construction, and consumer credit. The strategy also emphasizes
diversification on both a geographic and customer level, regular credit
examinations, and quarterly management reviews of large loans and loans
experiencing deterioration of credit quality. The Company strives to identify
potential problem loans early, take any necessary charge-offs promptly, and
maintain strong reserve levels. Commercial banking operations rely on a
strong credit culture that combines prudent credit policies and individual
lender accountability. In addition, the commercial lenders generally focus on
middle-market companies within their regions. In the Company's retail banking
operations, a standard credit scoring system is used to assess consumer
credit risks and to price consumer products accordingly.
In evaluating its credit risk, the Company considers changes in
underwriting activities, if any, the loan portfolio composition, including
product mix and geographic, industry or customer-specific concentrations,
trends in loan performance, assessments of a specific customer's Year 2000
readiness, the level of allowance coverage, and macroeconomic factors.
Generally, the domestic economy of the nation is considered strong even
though financial markets have been more volatile in 1998 than in 1997. Most
economic indicators in the Company's operating regions are similar to or
compare favorably with national trends. Approximately 45 percent of the
Company's loan portfolio consists of credit to businesses and consumers in
Minnesota, Oregon and Washington. According to federal and state government
agencies, unemployment rates in Minnesota, Oregon and Washington were 2.5
percent, 5.5 percent and 4.7 percent, respectively, for the month of December
1998, compared with the national unemployment rate of 4.3
U.S. Bancorp 27
<PAGE>
percent. Through September 30, 1998, the national foreclosure rate was 1.14
percent, compared with .53 percent in Minnesota, .38 percent in Oregon, and
.60 percent in Washington.
The Company also engages in non-lending activities that may give rise to
credit risk, including interest rate swap contracts for balance sheet hedging
purposes, foreign exchange transactions and interest rate swap contracts for
customers, and the processing of credit card transactions for merchants.
These activities are subject to the same credit review, analysis and approval
processes as those applied to commercial loans. For additional information on
interest rate swaps, see "Interest Rate Risk Management."
ANALYSIS OF NET LOAN CHARGE-OFFS Net loan charge-offs decreased $15.5 million
to $434.2 million, compared with $449.7 million in 1997. Included in 1997 net
charge-offs was $62.3 million of merger-related charge-offs, taken to align
the classification and charge-off practices of the former USBC with those of
the Company. Commercial loan net charge-offs for 1998 were $65.2 million,
compared with $132.9 million, including merger-related charge-offs of $55.3
million, in 1997. Consumer loan net charge-offs in 1998 were $369.0 million,
compared with $316.8 million, including merger-related charge-offs of $7.0
million, in 1997. Excluding these nonrecurring merger-related net
charge-offs, the level of net charge-offs increased $46.8 million from 1997
representing a reduction in commercial net charge-offs of $12.4 million
offset by an increase in consumer net charge-offs of $59.2 million. The
increase in consumer loan net charge-offs reflects growth in the consumer
loan portfolio and an increase in credit-related fraud losses. The ratio of
consumer net charge-offs to average loans in 1998 was 1.79 percent, up from
1.53 percent in 1997. The Company expects the ratio of consumer net
charge-offs to increase slightly in 1999 due to higher credit costs
associated with recently acquired portfolios. The ratio of total net
charge-offs to average loans was .78 percent in 1998, compared with .84
percent in 1997.
ANALYSIS OF NONPERFORMING ASSETS Nonperforming assets include nonaccrual
loans, restructured loans, other real estate and other nonperforming assets
owned by the Company. At December 31, 1998, nonperforming assets totaled
$304.3 million, compared with $339.5 million at year-end 1997 and $320.0
million at year-end 1996. The ratio of nonperforming assets to loans plus
other real estate was .51 percent at December 31, 1998, compared with .62
percent at year-end 1997 and .61 percent at year-end 1996.
In 1998, nonperforming commercial loans decreased $13.4 million
(7 percent) and nonperforming commercial real estate loans decreased $7.6
million (13 percent) reflecting improvements in the commercial and commercial
real estate loan portfolios. Nonperforming other real estate decreased $15.8
million (52 percent) reflecting declines in real estate foreclosures.
Interest payments are currently received on approximately 33 percent of the
Company's nonperforming loans. The payments are typically applied against the
principal balance and not recorded as income.
Accruing loans 90 days or more past due totaled $106.8 million, compared
with $93.8 million at December 31, 1997, and $90.6 million at December 31,
1996. These loans are not included in nonperforming assets and continue to
accrue interest because they are secured by collateral and/or are in the
process of collection and are reasonably expected to result in repayment or
restoration to current status. Consumer loans 30 days or more past due were
2.39 percent of the total consumer portfolio at December 31, 1998, compared
with 2.76 percent of the total consumer portfolio at December 31, 1997.
Consumer loans 90 days or more past due totaled .75 percent of the total
consumer loan portfolio at December 31, 1998, compared with .70 percent of
the total consumer loan portfolio at December 31, 1997.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TABLE 12 NET CHARGE-OFFS AS A PERCENTAGE OF AVERAGE LOANS OUTSTANDING
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997 1996
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
COMMERCIAL:
Commercial ...................... .32% .65% .15%
Real estate:
Commercial mortgage .......... (.20) (.20) (.11)
Construction ................. .11 .16 .08
---------------------------------
Total commercial ............. .18 .41 .08
CONSUMER:
Residential mortgage ............ .17 .12 .08
Credit card ..................... 4.36 4.11 3.88
Other ........................... 1.45 1.28 .85
---------------------------------
Total consumer ............... 1.79 1.53 1.16
---------------------------------
Total ..................... .78% .84% .51%
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
28 U.S. Bancorp
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TABLE 13 NONPERFORMING ASSETS*
<CAPTION>
At December 31
----------------------------------------------------------------
(Dollars in Millions) 1998 1997 1996 1995 1994
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
COMMERCIAL:
Commercial ......................................... $165.7 $179.1 $143.7 $ 91.6 $ 92.4
Real estate:
Commercial mortgage ............................. 35.5 45.4 44.4 76.5 154.0
Construction .................................... 17.2 14.9 18.8 13.3 46.0
----------------------------------------------------------------
Total commercial ................................ 218.4 239.4 206.9 181.4 292.4
CONSUMER:
Residential mortgage ............................... 46.6 52.1 57.6 54.2 60.9
Credit card ........................................ -- -- -- 5.7 7.5
Other .............................................. 13.9 5.6 4.8 6.3 9.0
----------------------------------------------------------------
Total consumer .................................. 60.5 57.7 62.4 66.2 77.4
----------------------------------------------------------------
Total nonperforming loans .................... 278.9 297.1 269.3 247.6 369.8
OTHER REAL ESTATE ..................................... 14.3 30.1 43.2 66.5 87.5
OTHER NONPERFORMING ASSETS ............................ 11.1 12.3 7.5 6.2 5.6
----------------------------------------------------------------
Total nonperforming assets ................... $304.3 $339.5 $320.0 $320.3 $462.9
----------------------------------------------------------------
Accruing loans 90 days or more past due** ............. $106.8 $ 93.8 $ 90.6 $ 68.8 $ 40.2
Nonperforming loans to total loans .................... .47% .54% .51% .50% .80%
Nonperforming assets to total
loans plus other real estate ..................... .51 .62 .61 .65 1.00
Net interest lost on nonperforming loans .............. $ 14.9 $ 17.1 $ 24.8 $ 23.2 $ 24.8
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
* THROUGHOUT THIS DOCUMENT, NONPERFORMING ASSETS AND RELATED RATIOS DO NOT
INCLUDE LOANS MORE THAN 90 DAYS PAST DUE AND STILL ACCRUING.
**THESE LOANS ARE NOT INCLUDED IN NONPERFORMING ASSETS AND CONTINUE TO ACCRUE
INTEREST BECAUSE THEY ARE SECURED BY COLLATERAL AND/OR ARE IN THE PROCESS
OF COLLECTION AND ARE REASONABLY EXPECTED TO RESULT IN REPAYMENT OR
RESTORATION TO CURRENT STATUS.
ANALYSIS AND ALLOCATION OF ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES The allowance for
credit losses provides coverage for losses inherent in the Company's loan
portfolio. Management evaluates the allowance each quarter to determine that
it is adequate to cover inherent losses. The evaluation of each element and
the overall allowance is based on continuing assessment of problem loans and
related off-balance sheet items, recent loss experience, and other factors,
including regulatory guidance and economic conditions. Management has
determined that the allowance for credit losses is adequate.
At December 31, 1998, the allowance was $1.00 billion, or 1.69 percent
of loans. This compares with an allowance of $1.01 billion, or 1.84 percent
of loans, at year-end 1997, and $992.5 million, or 1.90 percent of loans, at
December 31, 1996. The ratio of the allowance for credit losses to
nonperforming loans was 359 percent at December 31, 1998, compared to 340
percent at year-end 1997 and 369 percent at year-end 1996.
Although the recent trend of steady economic growth may contribute to
the continued improvement in the credit
<TABLE>
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TABLE 14 DELINQUENT LOAN RATIOS*
<CAPTION>
At December 31
--------------------------------------------------------------
90 days or more past due 1998 1997 1996 1995 1994
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
COMMERCIAL:
Commercial ............................................ .65% .78% .70% .49% .54%
Real estate:
Commercial mortgage ................................ .44 .57 .55 1.17 2.52
Construction ....................................... .56 .67 .91 .92 3.52
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Total commercial ................................... .60 .72 .68 .68 1.18
CONSUMER:
Residential mortgage .................................. 1.86 1.58 1.48 .99 .97
Credit card ........................................... .74 .69 .88 .88 .74
Other ................................................. .51 .41 .34 .24 .15
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Total consumer ..................................... .75 .70 .70 .59 .53
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Total ........................................... .65% .71% .69% .64% .88%
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
* RATIOS INCLUDE NONPERFORMING LOANS AND ARE EXPRESSED AS A PERCENT OF ENDING
LOAN BALANCES.
U.S. Bancorp 29
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TABLE 15 SUMMARY OF ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES
<CAPTION>
(Dollars in Millions) 1998 1997 1996 1995 1994
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Balance at beginning of year ...................... $1,008.7 $ 992.5 $908.0 $862.3 $811.3
CHARGE-OFFS:
Commercial:
Commercial .................................. 134.2 184.4 86.4 51.3 86.7
Real estate:
Commercial mortgage ...................... 7.5 14.3 17.0 22.1 49.8
Construction ............................. 4.6 4.3 2.3 .4 12.2
------------------------------------------------------
Total commercial ......................... 146.3 203.0 105.7 73.8 148.7
Consumer:
Residential mortgage ........................ 7.3 6.7 6.8 6.9 5.9
Credit card ................................. 196.8 172.4 150.4 123.7 115.0
Other ....................................... 241.7 194.3 134.3 121.6 82.2
------------------------------------------------------
Total consumer ........................... 445.8 373.4 291.5 252.2 203.1
------------------------------------------------------
Total ................................. 592.1 576.4 397.2 326.0 351.8
RECOVERIES:
Commercial:
Commercial .................................. 55.6 38.8 56.0 56.6 61.6
Real estate:
Commercial mortgage ...................... 23.8 30.5 25.7 18.7 22.6
Construction ............................. 1.7 .8 1.0 2.5 2.9
------------------------------------------------------
Total commercial ......................... 81.1 70.1 82.7 77.8 87.1
Consumer:
Residential mortgage ........................ 1.0 1.3 2.4 1.8 1.9
Credit card ................................. 21.4 20.2 16.6 17.1 15.7
Other ....................................... 54.4 35.1 34.0 34.2 26.5
------------------------------------------------------
Total consumer ........................... 76.8 56.6 53.0 53.1 44.1
------------------------------------------------------
Total ................................. 157.9 126.7 135.7 130.9 131.2
NET CHARGE-OFFS:
Commercial:
Commercial .................................. 78.6 145.6 30.4 (5.3) 25.1
Real estate:
Commercial mortgage ...................... (16.3) (16.2) (8.7) 3.4 27.2
Construction ............................. 2.9 3.5 1.3 (2.1) 9.3
------------------------------------------------------
Total commercial ......................... 65.2 132.9 23.0 (4.0) 61.6
Consumer:
Residential mortgage ........................ 6.3 5.4 4.4 5.1 4.0
Credit card ................................. 175.4 152.2 133.8 106.6 99.3
Other ....................................... 187.3 159.2 100.3 87.4 55.7
------------------------------------------------------
Total consumer ........................... 369.0 316.8 238.5 199.1 159.0
------------------------------------------------------
Total ................................. 434.2 449.7 261.5 195.1 220.6
Provision charged to operating expense ............ 379.0 460.3 271.2 239.1 243.7
Additions related to acquisitions ................. 47.4 5.6 74.8 1.7 27.9
------------------------------------------------------
Balance at end of year ............................ $1,000.9 $1,008.7 $992.5 $908.0 $862.3
------------------------------------------------------
Allowance as a percentage of:
Period-end loans ............................... 1.69% 1.84% 1.90% 1.84% 1.86%
Nonperforming loans ............................ 359 340 369 367 233
Nonperforming assets ........................... 329 297 310 283 186
Net charge-offs ................................ 231 224 380 465 391
Net charge-offs as a percentage of average
loans outstanding:
Commercial ..................................... .18% .41% .08% (.01)% .25%
Consumer ....................................... 1.79 1.53 1.16 .96 .80
Total ....................................... .78 .84 .51 .41 .49
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
30 U.S. Bancorp
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TABLE 16 ALLOCATION OF ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES
<CAPTION>
Allocation Amount at December 31
----------------------------------------------
(Dollars in Millions) 1998 1997 1996 1995 1994
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
COMMERCIAL:
Commercial .............................. $ 205.9 $ 226.2 $232.9 $226.7 $214.3
Real estate:
Commercial mortgage ................ 25.8 29.7 42.4 38.9 60.0
Construction ....................... 10.9 15.9 12.5 7.7 9.1
-----------------------------------------------
Total commercial ................... 242.6 271.8 287.8 273.3 283.4
CONSUMER:
Residential mortgage .................... 10.0 8.9 9.9 10.3 13.2
Credit card ............................. 177.0 137.6 132.1 97.4 91.5
Other ................................... 283.0 206.5 164.9 119.6 86.1
-----------------------------------------------
Total consumer ..................... 470.0 353.0 306.9 227.3 190.8
-----------------------------------------------
Total allocated ......................... 712.6 624.8 594.7 500.6 474.2
Unallocated portion ..................... 288.3 383.9 397.8 407.4 388.1
-----------------------------------------------
Total allowance .................... $1,000.9 $1,008.7 $992.5 $908.0 $862.3
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<CAPTION>
Allocation as a Percent of Loans Outstanding
-----------------------------------------------
(Dollars in Millions) 1998 1997 1996 1995 1994
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
COMMERCIAL:
Commercial .............................. .79% .97% 1.09% 1.14% 1.21%
Real estate:
Commercial mortgage ................ .31 .37 .53 .57 .97
Construction ....................... .36 .67 .59 .51 .69
-----------------------------------------------
Total commercial ................... .65 .80 .91 .97 1.12
CONSUMER:
Residential mortgage .................... .32 .21 .20 .15 .18
Credit card ............................. 4.19 3.28 3.64 2.87 2.64
Other ................................... 1.95 1.65 1.34 1.12 .84
-----------------------------------------------
Total consumer ..................... 2.15 1.69 1.47 1.08 .90
-----------------------------------------------
Total allocated ......................... 1.21 1.14 1.14 1.01 1.02
Unallocated portion ..................... .49 .70 .76 .83 .84
-----------------------------------------------
Total allowance .................... 1.69% 1.84% 1.90% 1.84% 1.86%
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
portfolio, financial market volatility, economic stagnation or reversals and
recent trends of corporate earnings could increase the required level of the
allowance for credit losses.
Management allocates part of the allowance to certain sectors based on
relative risk characteristics of the loan portfolio. Table 16 shows the
allocation of the allowance for credit losses by loan category. Commercial
allocations are based on a quarterly review of individual loans outstanding
and binding commitments to lend, including standby letters of credit. An
analysis of the migration of commercial loans and actual loss experience
throughout the business cycle is also conducted to assess reserves allocated
to credits with similar risk characteristics. The allowance allocated to
commercial loan portfolios declined $29.2 million to $242.6 million in 1998
reflecting a decline in nonperforming assets. Consumer allocations are based
on an analysis of product mix, credit scoring and risk composition of the
portfolio, fraud loss and bankruptcy experiences, and historical and expected
delinquency and charge-off statistics for each homogenous category or group
of loans. The allowance allocated to consumer loans increased $117.0 million
to $470.0 million in 1998 primarily due to expected increases in net
charge-offs related to acquired portfolios and credit-related fraud.
Regardless of the extent of the Company analysis of customer
performance, portfolio evaluations, trends or risk management processes
established, certain inherent, but undetected losses are probable within the
loan portfolio. This is due to several factors including inherent delays in
obtaining information regarding a customer's financial condition or changes
in their unique business conditions; the judgmental nature of individual loan
evaluations, collateral assessments and the interpretation of economic
trends; volatility of economic or customer-specific conditions affecting the
identification and estimation of losses for larger non-homogeneous credits;
and the sensitivity of assumptions utilized to establish allocated allowances
for homogenous groups of loans among other factors. The Company maintains an
unallocated allowance to recognize the existence of these exposures and for
the risk in concentrations to specific borrowers, financings of highly
leveraged transactions, products or industries. The unallocated portion of
the allowance decreased to $288.3 million at year-end 1998 from $383.9
million and $392.0 million at December 31, 1997, and 1996. The decrease of
$95.6 million in 1998 is primarily due to improvements in the commercial loan
portfolio as reflected in a decline in nonperforming assets, a reduction of
commitments to Asian and Indonesian markets, less uncertainty of credit risks
within the loan portfolios of the former U.S. Bancorp of Portland, Oregon,
and a decline in volatility of commercial portfolio exposures. These
improvements are partially offset by credit exposures to agricultural and
timber concentrations given current commodity market prices. Although the
allocation of the allowance is an important credit management tool, the
entire allowance for credit losses is available for the entire loan
portfolio. Refer to Note A of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
for additional information on the allowance for credit losses.
INTEREST RATE RISK MANAGEMENT The Company's policy is to maintain a low
interest rate risk position. The Company limits the exposure of net interest
income to risks associated with interest rate movements through
asset/liability management strategies. The Company's Asset and Liability
Management Committee ("ALCO") uses three methods for measuring and managing
consolidated interest rate risk: Net Interest Income Simulation Modeling,
Market Value Simulation Modeling, and Repricing Mismatch
U.S. Bancorp 31
<PAGE>
Analysis. As part of Market Value Simulation Modeling, ALCO uses a
value-at-risk ("VaR") model to measure and manage market risk in its
broker/dealer activities.
NET INTEREST INCOME SIMULATION MODELING: The Company uses a net interest
income simulation model to estimate near-term (next 12 months) risk due to
changes in interest rates. The model, which is updated monthly, incorporates
substantially all the Company's assets and liabilities and off-balance sheet
instruments, together with forecasted changes in the balance sheet and
assumptions that reflect the current interest rate environment. Balance sheet
changes are based on expected prepayments of loans and securities and
forecasted loan and deposit growth. ALCO uses the model to simulate the
effect of immediate and sustained parallel shifts in the yield curve of one
percent, two percent and three percent as well as the effect of immediate and
sustained flattening or steepening of the yield curve. ALCO also calculates
the sensitivity of the simulation results to changes in key assumptions, such
as the Prime/LIBOR spread or core deposit pricing. The results from the
simulation are reviewed by ALCO monthly and are used to guide ALCO's hedging
strategies. ALCO guidelines, approved by the Company's Board of Directors,
limit the estimated change in net interest income over the succeeding 12
months to two percent of forecasted net interest income given a one percent
change in interest rates. At December 31, 1998, forecasted net interest
income for the next 12 months would decrease 11 basis points from an
immediate 100 basis point upward parallel shift in rates and increase 5 basis
points from a downward shift of similar magnitude.
MARKET VALUE/DURATION ANALYSIS: The net interest income simulation model is
somewhat limited by its dependence upon accurate forecasts of future business
activity and the resulting effect on balance sheet assets and liabilities. As
a result, its usefulness is greatly diminished for periods beyond one or two
years. To better measure all interest rate risk, both short-term and
long-term, the Company uses a market value simulation model. This model
estimates the effect of one, two and three percent rate shocks on the present
value of all future cash flows of the Company's outstanding assets,
liabilities and off-balance sheet instruments. The amount of market value
risk is subject to a limit, approved by the Company's Board of Directors, of
one percent of assets for an immediate 100 basis point rate shock.
Historically, the Company's market value risk position has been substantially
lower than its limits.
The VaR model used to measure and manage market risk in the
broker/dealer business uses an estimate of volatility appropriate to each
instrument and a three standard deviation move in the underlying markets. The
Company believes the market risk inherent in its broker/dealer activities,
including fixed income, equities and foreign exchange, is immaterial.
REPRICING MISMATCH ANALYSIS: A traditional gap analysis provides a
point-in-time measurement of the relationship between the amounts of interest
rate sensitive assets and liabilities repricing in a given time period. While
the analysis provides a useful snapshot of interest rate risk, it does not
capture all aspects of interest rate risk. As a result, ALCO uses the
repricing mismatch analysis primarily for managing intermediate-term
interest-rate risk and has established limits, approved by the Company's
Board of Directors, for gap positions in the one- to two-year and two- to
three-year time periods of five percent of assets.
USE OF DERIVATIVES TO MANAGE INTEREST RATE RISK: While each of the interest
rate risk measurements has limitations, taken together they represent a
comprehensive view of the magnitude of the Company's interest rate risk over
various time intervals. The Company manages its interest rate risk by
entering into off-balance sheet transactions (primarily interest rate swaps),
investing in fixed rate assets or issuing variable rate liabilities. To a
lesser degree, the Company also uses interest rate caps and floors to hedge
this risk.
In 1998, the Company added $3.1 billion of interest rate swaps to reduce
its interest rate risk. This increase was partially offset by $1.2 billion of
interest rate swap maturi-
<TABLE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TABLE 17 INTEREST RATE SWAP HEDGING PORTFOLIO NOTIONAL BALANCES AND YIELDS BY MATURITY DATE
<CAPTION>
At December 31, 1998 (Dollars in Millions)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Weighted Weighted
Average Average
Receive Fixed Swaps* Notional Interest Rate Interest Rate
Maturity Date Amount Received Paid
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
1999 .......................................................... $2,242 6.09% 5.54%
2000 .......................................................... 815 6.23 5.53
2001 .......................................................... 357 6.52 5.55
2002 .......................................................... 845 5.82 5.54
2003 .......................................................... 605 5.89 5.52
Thereafter .................................................... 2,375 6.36 5.53
------
Total ......................................................... $7,239 6.17% 5.53%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
*AT DECEMBER 31, 1998, THE COMPANY HAD NO SWAPS IN ITS HEDGING PORTFOLIO THAT
REQUIRED IT TO PAY FIXED-RATE INTEREST.
32 U.S. Bancorp
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TABLE 18 INTEREST RATE SENSITIVITY GAP ANALYSIS
<CAPTION>
Repricing Maturities
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Less Than 3-6 6-12 1-5 More Than Non-Rate
At December 31, 1998 (Dollars in Millions) 3 Months Months Months Years 5 Years Sensitive Total
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Assets:
Loans ............................................ $33,663 $ 3,071 $4,219 $13,026 $ 5,116 $ 27 $59,122
Available-for-sale securities .................... 779 392 622 2,053 1,610 121 5,577
Other earning assets ............................. 1,983 6 13 119 198 -- 2,319
Nonearning assets ................................ 1,344 28 313 965 3,206 3,564 9,420
----------------------------------------------------------------------
Total assets .................................. $37,769 $ 3,497 $5,167 $16,163 $10,130 $ 3,712 $76,438
----------------------------------------------------------------------
Liabilities and Equity:
Deposits ......................................... $23,165 $ 2,019 $2,927 $11,656 $10,267 $ -- $50,034
Other purchased funds ............................ 3,350 -- 1 3 11 -- 3,365
Long-term debt ................................... 10,073 52 34 955 2,667 -- 13,781
Company-obligated mandatorily redeemable
preferred securities of subsidiary trusts
holding solely the junior subordinated
debentures of the parent company ................ -- -- -- -- 950 -- 950
Other liabilities ................................ -- -- 182 91 -- 2,065 2,338
Equity ........................................... -- -- -- -- -- 5,970 5,970
----------------------------------------------------------------------
Total liabilities and equity .................. $36,588 $ 2,071 $3,144 $12,705 $13,895 $ 8,035 $76,438
----------------------------------------------------------------------
Effect of off-balance sheet hedging instruments:
Receiving fixed .................................. $ 625 $ 535 $1,122 $ 2,227 $ 2,300 $ -- $ 6,809
Paying floating .................................. (6,809) -- -- -- -- -- (6,809)
----------------------------------------------------------------------
Total effect of off-balance sheet hedging
instruments .................................. $(6,184) $ 535 $1,122 $ 2,227 $ 2,300 $ -- $ --
----------------------------------------------------------------------
Repricing gap ....................................... $(5,003) $ 1,961 $3,145 $ 5,685 $(1,465) $(4,323) $ --
Cumulative repricing gap ............................ (5,003) (3,042) 103 5,788 4,323 -- --
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
THIS TABLE ESTIMATES THE REPRICING MATURITIES OF THE COMPANY'S ASSETS,
LIABILITIES, AND HEDGING INSTRUMENTS BASED UPON THE COMPANY'S ASSESSMENT OF
THE REPRICING CHARACTERISTICS OF CONTRACTUAL AND NON-CONTRACTUAL INSTRUMENTS.
NON-CONTRACTUAL DEPOSIT LIABILITIES ARE ALLOCATED AMONG THE VARIOUS MATURITY
CATEGORIES AS FOLLOWS: APPROXIMATELY 40 PERCENT OF REGULAR SAVINGS, 30
PERCENT OF INTEREST-BEARING CHECKING, 50 PERCENT OF NON-INDEXED MONEY MARKET
CHECKING, AND 60 PERCENT OF MONEY MARKET SAVINGS BALANCES ARE REFLECTED IN
THE LESS THAN 3 MONTHS CATEGORY, WITH THE REMAINDER PLACED IN THE 1-5 YEARS
CATEGORY. APPROXIMATELY 73 PERCENT OF DEMAND DEPOSITS AND RELATED NONEARNING
ASSET ACCOUNTS IS ALLOCATED IN THE MORE THAN 5 YEARS CATEGORY, 15 PERCENT IS
ALLOCATED IN THE 1-5 YEARS CATEGORY WITH THE REMAINING ALLOCATED IN THE LESS
THAN 3 MONTHS CATEGORY.
ties. Interest rate swap agreements involve the exchange of fixed and
floating rate payments without the exchange of the underlying notional amount
on which the interest payments are calculated. As of December 31, 1998, the
Company received payments on $7.2 billion notional amount of interest rate
swap agreements based on fixed interest rates, and made payments based on
variable interest rates. These swaps had a weighted average fixed rate
received of 6.17 percent and a weighted average variable rate paid of 5.53
percent. The remaining maturity of these agreements ranges from 1 month to 10
years with an average remaining maturity of 3.8 years. Swaps increased net
interest income for the years ended December 31, 1998, 1997, and 1996 by
$37.9 million, $25.1 million, and $32.2 million, respectively.
The Company also purchases interest rate caps and floors to minimize the
impact of fluctuating interest rates on earnings. To hedge against rising
interest rates, the Company uses interest rate caps. Cap counterparties pay
the Company when specified rates rise above a specified point or strike
level. The payment is based on the notional amount and the difference between
current rates and strike rates. There were no caps outstanding at December
31, 1998. To hedge against falling interest rates, the Company uses interest
rate floors. Floor counterparties pay the Company when specified rates fall
below the strike level. Like caps, the payment is based on the notional
amount and the difference between current rates and strike rates. The total
notional amount of floor agreements purchased as of December 31, 1998, all of
which were LIBOR-indexed, was $500 million. The impact of caps and floors on
net interest income was not material for the years ended December 31, 1998,
1997 and 1996. See Notes A and O of the Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements for the Company's accounting policy related to these types of
transactions.
LIQUIDITY MANAGEMENT The objective of liquidity management is to ensure the
continuous availability of funds to meet the demands of depositors, investors
and borrowers. ALCO is responsible for structuring the balance sheet to meet
these needs. It regularly reviews current and
U.S. Bancorp 33
<PAGE>
forecasted funding needs as well as market conditions for issuing debt to
wholesale investors. Based on this information, ALCO supervises wholesale
funding activity, as well as the maintenance of contingent funding sources.
A majority of the Company's funding comes from customer deposits within
its operating region. While the Company has funded incremental balance sheet
growth with negotiated funds, its short-term purchased funds index remained
relatively low at 7.8 percent at December 31, 1998, compared with a peer
group median of 21.1 percent at September 30, 1998. The index is calculated
as negotiated funding under one year (which includes Federal Home Loan Bank
("FHLB") borrowings, foreign branch time deposits, federal funds purchased,
bank notes, medium-term notes and repurchase agreements), net of federal
funds sold and resale agreements, divided by loans and securities.
The Company's ability to raise negotiated funding at competitive prices
is influenced by rating agencies' views of the Company's credit quality,
liquidity, capital, and earnings. As of December 31, 1998, Moody's Investors
Services, Standard & Poors, and Thomson BankWatch rated the Company's senior
debt as "A1," "A," and "A+," respectively. The debt ratings reflect the
agencies' recognition of the strong, consistent financial performance of the
Company and quality of the balance sheet.
At the parent company, funding primarily consists of long-term debt and
equity. At December 31, 1998, parent company long-term debt outstanding was
$3.5 billion, compared with $2.4 billion at December 31, 1997.
The parent company issued $1.2 billion of medium-term notes during 1998.
Total parent company debt maturing in 1999 is $629 million. These debt
obligations are expected to be met through medium-term note issuances, as
well as $604 million of parent company cash and cash equivalents at December
31, 1998. It is the Company's practice to maintain liquid assets at the
parent company sufficient to fund its operating cash needs and near-term debt
maturities.
During 1998, the Company issued $350 million of Company-obligated
mandatorily redeemable preferred securities (the "preferred securities")
through a wholly-owned subsidiary grantor trust. The preferred securities
qualify as tier 1 capital for bank holding companies and pay distributions
periodically.
YEAR 2000 RISK MANAGEMENT The Company has undertaken efforts to address the
"Year 2000" computer problem, which arose because many computer applications
worldwide will not properly recognize the date change from December 31, 1999,
to January 1, 2000, potentially causing production of erroneous data,
miscalculations, system failures and other operational problems. In the early
1990s, the Company implemented significant technology changes and replaced
many of its principal data processing applications with licensed software
packages. The Company also undertook an organization-wide initiative to
address the Year 2000 issue, including the formation in 1996 of a dedicated
project team of employees to evaluate the Year 2000 impact on the Company's
critical computer hardware and software and embedded technologies in its
physical plant and automated equipment (such as ATMs, check sorting machines,
vaults and security systems), and on its customers. In addition to evaluating
the scope of the Year 2000 issue, the project team prioritized tasks,
developed implementation plans and established completion and testing
schedules. As a result, the Company is replacing, modifying or reprogramming
certain systems, is requiring that new purchased hardware and software be
Year 2000 compliant, and is testing systems in an isolated environment
dedicated to Year 2000 testing. Apart from the Company's project, federal
banking regulators are conducting special examinations of FDIC-insured banks
and savings associations to determine whether they are taking necessary steps
to prepare for the Year 2000 issue, and are closely monitoring the progress
made by these institutions in completing key steps required by their
individual Year 2000 plans.
Evaluation, replacement, renovation, installation and testing of the
Company's critical internal computer hardware and software (including
software to be remediated by vendors) and embedded technologies have been
substantially completed, in accordance with bank regulatory guidelines,
allowing time for necessary refinements and additional testing before
December 31, 1999. In addition, the remediation and testing of non-critical
systems is in progress and is expected to be substantially completed during
1999.
Ultimately, the potential impact of the Year 2000 issue will depend not
only on the success of the corrective measures the Company undertakes, but
also on the way in which the Year 2000 issue is addressed by customers,
vendors, service providers, counterparties, clearing houses, utilities (e.g.
power, telecommunication, transportation), governmental agencies (including
the Federal Reserve, which provides services for processing and settling
payments and securities transactions between banks) and other entities with
which the Company does business. The Company is communicating with these
parties to monitor their efforts in addressing the Year 2000 issue and to
evaluate any likely impact on the Company. For example, the Company is
conducting ongoing Year 2000 surveys and evaluations of its corporate and
middle-market borrowing customers and of other significant funds takers,
funds providers and capital market/asset management counterparties, and has
implemented in its lending units uniform criteria for identifying, managing
and underwriting Year
34 U.S. Bancorp
<PAGE>
2000 credit risk. The Company is reviewing its fiduciary activities for Year
2000 risk related to marketable securities, special assets and
counterparties. The Company is scheduling testing with critical service
providers as necessary and expects such testing to be completed by March 31,
1999. A prioritized schedule for external testing during 1999 with certain
large customers also is being established. In addition, the Company expects
to participate in tests organized by major industry and governmental
organizations as they are scheduled throughout the remainder of 1999,
including tests sponsored by the Federal Reserve, the National Automated
Clearing House Association and the Securities and Exchange Commission.
Based on the Company's Year 2000 efforts, management presently believes
that the Year 2000 issue will not result in significant operational problems
for the Company. In addition, the Company's Year 2000 project has contingency
plans designed to mitigate the potential effects of system failures in the
event of reasonably likely worst case scenarios. These contingency plans,
which are expected to be substantially completed by June 30, 1999, in
accordance with bank regulatory guidelines, include back-up solutions for
mission-critical operations and business continuation plans for significant
vendors and other business partners. For example, the Company has arranged
for reserve power supplies for certain vital locations, and will have
available back-up account data and alternative manual processes for certain
business line functions. The Company also has developed a liquidity
management plan to address potential increased funding needs that may arise
as the millennium approaches. Notwithstanding the Company's efforts and such
contingency plans, however, given the unprecedented nature of the Year 2000
computer problem, there can be no assurance that Year 2000 issues will not
arise, or that any such issues will be fully mitigated. Further, the Year
2000 efforts of third parties are not within the Company's control, and their
failure to remediate Year 2000 issues successfully could result in, among
other things, business disruption, operational problems, financial loss,
increased credit risk and legal liability for the Company. At the present
time, it is not possible to determine whether any such third-party failures
are likely to occur, or to quantify any potential negative impact they may
have on the Company's future results of operations and financial condition.
The foregoing discussion regarding Year 2000, including the discussion
of the timing and effectiveness of implementation and cost of the Company's
Year 2000 project, contains forward-looking statements, which are based on
management's best estimates derived using various assumptions. These
forward-looking statements involve inherent risks and uncertainties, and
actual results could differ materially from those contemplated by such
statements. Factors that might cause material differences include, but are
not limited to, the availability and cost of hardware and software and key
Year 2000 personnel, the Company's ability to locate and correct all relevant
computer codes and embedded technologies, and its ability to respond to
unforeseen Year 2000 complications. Such material differences could result in
business disruption, operational problems, financial loss, legal liability
and similar adverse effects on the Company, which effects could be material.
CAPITAL MANAGEMENT
The Company is committed to managing capital for maximum shareholder benefit
and maintaining strong protection for depositors and creditors. At December
31, 1998, tangible common equity (common equity less goodwill) was $4.5
billion, or 6.0 percent of assets, compared with 7.0 percent at year-end 1997
and 6.7 percent at year-end 1996. The tier 1 capital ratio was 6.4 percent at
December 31, 1998, compared with 7.4 percent at December 31, 1997. This ratio
was 7.6 percent at December 31, 1996. The total risk-based capital ratio was
10.9 percent at December 31, 1998, compared with 11.6 percent at December 31,
1997, and 11.9 percent at December 31, 1996. The leverage ratio was 6.8
percent at December 31, 1998, compared with 7.3 percent and 7.5 percent at
December 31, 1997, and December 31, 1996, respectively.
The measures used to assess capital include the capital ratios
established by the bank regulatory agencies, including the specific ratios
for the "well capitalized" designation.
<TABLE>
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TABLE 19 CAPITAL RATIOS
<CAPTION>
At December 31 (Dollars in Millions) 1998 1997 1996
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Tangible common equity* ................................ $4,465 $4,897 $4,625
As a percent of assets .............................. 6.0% 7.0% 6.7%
Tier 1 capital ......................................... $4,917 $5,028 $4,983
As a percent of risk-adjusted assets ................ 6.4% 7.4% 7.6%
Total risk-based capital ............................... $8,343 $7,859 $7,777
As a percent of risk-adjusted assets ................ 10.9% 11.6% 11.9%
Leverage ratio ......................................... 6.8 7.3 7.5
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
*DEFINED AS COMMON EQUITY LESS GOODWILL.
U.S. Bancorp 35
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TABLE 20 SUBSIDIARY CAPITAL RATIOS
<CAPTION>
At December 31, 1998
-----------------------------------------------------
Total
Tier 1 Risk-based Total
(Dollars in Millions) Capital Capital Leverage Assets
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
REGULATORY CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS:
Minimum ............................................................. 4.0% 8.0% 3.0%
Well-Capitalized .................................................... 6.0 10.0 5.0
SIGNIFICANT BANK SUBSIDIARIES:
U.S. Bank National Association ...................................... 6.8 11.3 7.3 $69,713
U.S. Bank National Association ND ................................... 12.0 15.6 11.9 1,696
U.S. Bank National Association MT ................................... 9.9 13.4 10.5 1,123
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
NOTE: THESE BALANCES AND RATIOS WERE PREPARED IN ACCORDANCE WITH REGULATORY
ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES AS DISCLOSED IN THE SUBSIDIARIES' REGULATORY REPORTS.
The Company manages various capital ratios to maintain appropriate capital
levels in accordance with Board-approved capital guidelines, ascribing the
most significance to the tangible common equity ratio. The Company intends to
maintain sufficient capital in each of its bank subsidiaries to be "well
capitalized" as defined by the regulatory agencies.
On June 8, 1998, the Company's Board of Directors authorized the
repurchase of up to $2.5 billion of the Company's common stock through March
31, 2000. The shares will be repurchased in the open market or through
negotiated transactions. The Company repurchased 24.6 million shares for $963
million in 1998.
On April 22, 1998, the Company's shareholders authorized an increase in
the Company's capital stock necessary to implement the three-for-one split of
the Company's common stock announced February 18, 1998. The number of common
and preferred shares which the Company has authority to issue was increased
from 500 million shares and 10 million shares, respectively, to 1.5 billion
shares and 50 million shares, respectively. The stock split was in the form
of a 200 percent dividend payable May 18, 1998, to shareholders of record on
May 4, 1998. The impact of the stock split has been reflected in the
financial statements for all periods presented and all share and per share
data included herein.
On August 1, 1997, the Company issued 329.7 million shares to acquire
USBC. The Company exchanged 2.265 shares of its common stock for each share
of USBC common stock. USBC's outstanding stock options were also converted
into stock options for the Company's common stock. In addition, each
outstanding share of USBC cumulative preferred stock was converted into one
share of preferred stock of the combined company, having substantially
identical terms.
Approximately 93.0 million common shares were repurchased under 1996
Board authorizations, including 14.7 million during 1997. These
authorizations were either completed or rescinded prior to the USBC
acquisition.
On November 14, 1997, the Company redeemed all outstanding shares of its
preferred stock at a redemption price of $25 per share, together with accrued
and unpaid dividends. On November 29, 1996, the Company called all remaining
shares of its Series 1991A Convertible Preferred Stock.
DIVIDENDS During 1998, total dividends on common stock were $516.4 million
compared with $445.7 million in 1997 and $406.9 million in 1996. The Company
has raised its quarterly dividend rate in each of the past five years. On a
per share basis, dividends paid to common shareholders totaled $.70 in 1998,
$.62 in 1997, and $.55 in 1996. On February 17, 1999, the Board of Directors
increased the quarterly common dividend rate to $.195 from $.175.
The Company's primary funding sources for common stock dividends are
dividends received from its bank and nonbank subsidiaries. Payment of
dividends to the Company by its depository subsidiaries is subject to ongoing
review by banking regulators and to various statutory limitations. For
further information, see Note S of the Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements.
ACCOUNTING CHANGES
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME Effective January 1, 1998, the Company adopted SFAS 130,
"Reporting Comprehensive Income," which establishes standards for the
reporting and display of comprehensive income and its components in a full
set of financial statements. The Statement requires that all items that are
required to be recognized under accounting standards as components of
comprehensive income be reported in a financial statement that is displayed
as prominently as other financial statements. The Statement requires the
classification of items of other comprehensive income by their nature in a
financial statement and the display of other comprehensive income separately
from retained earnings and capital surplus in the equity section of the
balance sheet. All prior periods presented have been restated to conform to
the provisions of this Statement.
COMPUTER SOFTWARE COSTS Effective January 1, 1998, the Company adopted
Statement of Position ("SOP") 98-1, "Accounting for the Costs of Computer
Software Developed
36 U.S. Bancorp
<PAGE>
or Obtained for Internal Use." SOP 98-1 requires the capitalization of
certain costs incurred in connection with developing or obtaining software
for internal use. Historically, the Company has expensed such costs as
incurred. Restatement of previously issued annual financial statements or
adoption by a cumulative catch-up adjustment was prohibited. The adoption of
SOP 98-1 did not have a material impact on the Company.
SEGMENT DISCLOSURE Effective January 1, 1998, the Company adopted SFAS 131,
"Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information," which
requires the disclosure of financial and descriptive information about
reportable operating segments. Operating segments are components of an
enterprise about which financial information is available and is evaluated
regularly in deciding how to allocate resources and assess performance. The
Statement requires the disclosure of profit or loss, certain specific revenue
and expense items, and assets of all operating segments, with reconciliations
of amounts presented to the financial statements. The Statement also requires
the disclosure of how the operating segments were determined, the products
and services provided by the segments, differences between measurements used
in reporting segment information and those used in the financial statements,
and changes in the measurement of segment amounts from period to period. All
prior period disclosures have been restated to conform with the provisions of
this Statement.
PENSIONS AND OTHER POSTRETIREMENT BENEFIT DISCLOSURE Effective January 1,
1998, the Company adopted SFAS 132, "Employers' Disclosures about Pensions
and Other Postretirement Benefits," which standardizes the disclosure
requirements for pensions and other postretirement benefits to the extent
practicable. The Statement supersedes the disclosure requirements of: SFAS
87, "Employers' Accounting for Pensions"; SFAS 88, "Employers' Accounting for
Settlements and Curtailments of Defined Benefit Pension Plans and for
Termination Benefits"; and SFAS 106, "Employers' Accounting for
Postretirement Benefits Other Than Pensions." The Statement addresses
disclosure only and not measurement or recognition. All prior period
disclosures have been restated to conform to the provisions of this Statement.
ACCOUNTING FOR TRANSFERS AND SERVICING OF FINANCIAL ASSETS AND
EXTINGUISHMENTS OF LIABILITIES Effective January 1, 1997, the Company adopted
SFAS 125, "Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and
Extinguishments of Liabilities," which establishes criteria, based on legal
control, to determine whether a transfer of financial assets is considered a
sale or secured borrowing. Effective January 1, 1998, and in accordance with
SFAS 127 which amended SFAS 125, the Company adopted the provisions of SFAS
125 relating to securities lending, repurchase agreements and other secured
financing transactions. The adoption of SFAS 125 did not have a material
effect on the Company.
ACCOUNTING FOR DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS AND HEDGING ACTIVITIES SFAS 133,
"Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities," establishes
accounting and reporting standards for derivative instruments, including
certain derivative instruments embedded in other contracts, and for hedging
activities. It requires that an entity recognize all derivatives as either
assets or liabilities in the statement of financial position and measure
those instruments at fair value. In certain defined conditions, a derivative
may be specifically designated as a hedge for a particular exposure. The
accounting for changes in the fair value of the derivative depends on the
intended use of the derivative and the resulting designation. SFAS 133 is
effective for all quarters of fiscal years beginning after June 15, 1999,
with earlier application permitted. Retroactive application of this Statement
to prior periods is prohibited. The adoption of SFAS 133 is not expected to
have a material impact on the Company.
IMPACT OF INFLATION
The assets and liabilities of a financial institution are primarily monetary
in nature. Therefore, future changes in prices do not affect the obligations
to pay or receive fixed and determinable amounts of money. During periods of
inflation, monetary assets lose value in terms of purchasing power while
monetary liabilities have corresponding purchasing power gains. Since banks
generally have an excess of monetary assets over monetary liabilities,
inflation will, in theory, cause a loss of purchasing power in the value of
shareholders' equity. However, the concept of purchasing power is not an
adequate indicator of the effect of inflation on banks because it does not
take into account changes in interest rates, which are a more important
determinant of bank earnings.
Other sections of the Management's Discussion and Analysis provide the
information necessary for an understanding of the Company's ability to react
to changing interest rates.
FOURTH QUARTER SUMMARY
In the fourth quarter of 1998, the Company reported operating earnings of
$377.3 million ($.52 per diluted share), compared with $335.5 million ($.45
per diluted share) in the fourth quarter of 1997. The results for the fourth
quarter of 1998 reflected growth in core noninterest income and a decrease in
core noninterest expense from the fourth quarter of 1997. Including
nonrecurring items, the Company had net income for the fourth quarter of 1998
of
U.S. Bancorp 37
<PAGE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TABLE 21 FOURTH QUARTER SUMMARY
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Three Months Ended
December 31
------------------
(Dollars in Millions, Except Per Share Data) 1998 1997
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C>
CONDENSED INCOME STATEMENT:
Net interest income (taxable-equivalent basis) ............. $787.1 $784.7
Provision for credit losses ................................ 101.0 90.0
------------------
Net interest income after provision for credit losses ... 686.1 694.7
Other noninterest income ................................... 620.1 420.5
Merger-related ............................................. 44.1 71.4
Other noninterest expense .................................. 701.2 572.8
------------------
Income before income taxes .............................. 560.9 471.0
Taxable-equivalent adjustment .............................. 12.8 13.7
Income taxes ............................................... 198.9 168.4
------------------
Net income .............................................. $349.2 $288.9
------------------
FINANCIAL RATIOS
Return on average assets ................................... 1.88% 1.64%
Return on average common equity ............................ 23.6 20.0
Net interest margin (taxable-equivalent basis) ............. 4.78 4.99
Efficiency ratio ........................................... 53.0 53.5
SELECTED FINANCIAL RATIOS BEFORE NONRECURRING ITEMS:
Return on average assets ................................... 2.03 1.91
Return on average common equity ............................ 25.5 23.3
Efficiency ratio ........................................... 49.8 47.5
Banking efficiency ratio* .................................. 43.2 46.5
PER SHARE DATA:
Earnings per share ......................................... $ .48 $ .39
Diluted earnings per share ................................. .48 .39
Dividends paid ............................................. .175 .155
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
*WITHOUT INVESTMENT BANKING AND BROKERAGE ACTIVITY.
$349.2 million ($.48 per diluted share), compared with net income of $288.9
million ($.39 per diluted share) in the fourth quarter of 1997.
Fourth quarter net interest income on a taxable-equivalent basis
increased $2.4 million to $787.1 million, compared with fourth quarter of
1997. The increase was primarily the result of an increase in average earning
assets of $3.0 billion over the fourth quarter of 1997, driven by core
commercial and consumer loan growth, partially offset by reductions in
securities and residential mortgages. The net interest margin on a
taxable-equivalent basis was 4.78 percent compared with 4.99 percent a year
ago, reflecting growth in Payment Systems' noninterest-bearing assets,
including corporate and purchasing card loan balances, the funding required
for the Piper Jaffray acquisition and the share repurchase program, and
margin compression in the commercial loan portfolio.
The provision for credit losses increased to $101.0 million in the
fourth quarter of 1998, compared with $90.0 million in the fourth quarter of
1997.
Noninterest income, before nonrecurring items, increased $199.6 million
from the same quarter a year ago, to $620.1 million. Without the effect of
Piper Jaffray, noninterest income, before nonrecurring items, increased $51.3
million. The improvement resulted from growth in credit card fee revenue,
trust and investment management fees, and other fees. Credit card fee revenue
in the fourth quarter of 1998 was affected by the loss of a portion of the
U.S. Government purchasing card business. Trust and investment management
fees were up due to growth in the corporate, institutional and personal trust
businesses and the addition of Piper Jaffray.
Fourth quarter noninterest expense, before nonrecurring items, totaled
$701.2 million, an increase of $128.4 million from the fourth quarter of
1997. Without the effect of Piper Jaffray, noninterest expense, before
nonrecurring items, decreased by $24.8 million. The favorable variance in
expense primarily reflects the expense savings from the integration of USBC,
with year-over-year reductions in salaries and employee benefits, other
personnel expense, net occupancy, and furniture and equipment. Without the
impact of all investment banking and brokerage activity, the banking
efficiency ratio, before nonrecurring items, improved to 43.2 percent from
46.5 percent for the same quarter last year.
38 U.S. Bancorp
<PAGE>
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
At December 31 (Dollars in Millions) 1998 1997
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C>
ASSETS
Cash and due from banks ................................................................. $ 4,772 $ 4,739
Federal funds sold ...................................................................... 83 62
Securities purchased under agreements to resell ......................................... 461 630
Trading account securities .............................................................. 537 195
Available-for-sale securities ........................................................... 5,577 6,885
Loans ................................................................................... 59,122 54,708
Less allowance for credit losses ................................................... 1,001 1,009
---------------------------
Net loans .......................................................................... 58,121 53,699
Premises and equipment .................................................................. 879 860
Interest receivable ..................................................................... 456 405
Customers' liability on acceptances ..................................................... 166 535
Goodwill and other intangible assets .................................................... 1,975 1,482
Other assets ............................................................................ 3,411 1,803
---------------------------
Total assets ............................................................. $ 76,438 $ 71,295
---------------------------
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
Deposits:
Noninterest-bearing ................................................................. $ 16,377 $ 14,544
Interest-bearing .................................................................... 33,657 34,483
---------------------------
Total deposits ............................................................ 50,034 49,027
Federal funds purchased .................................................................. 1,255 800
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase ........................................... 1,427 1,518
Other short-term funds borrowed .......................................................... 683 974
Long-term debt ........................................................................... 13,781 10,247
Company-obligated mandatorily redeemable preferred securities of subsidiary trusts
holding solely the junior subordinated debentures of the parent company ............. 950 600
Acceptances outstanding .................................................................. 166 535
Other liabilities ........................................................................ 2,172 1,704
---------------------------
Total liabilities ......................................................... 70,468 65,405
Shareholders' equity:
Common stock, par value $1.25 a share-authorized 1,500,000,000 shares;
issued: 1998 - 744,797,857 shares; 1997 - 739,933,014 shares ................... 931 925
Capital surplus ..................................................................... 1,247 1,261
Retained earnings ................................................................... 4,456 3,645
Accumulated other comprehensive income .............................................. 72 59
Less cost of common stock in treasury: 1998 - 19,036,139 shares ..................... (736) --
---------------------------
Total shareholders' equity ................................................ 5,970 5,890
---------------------------
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity ................................ $ 76,438 $ 71,295
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SEE NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
</TABLE>
U.S. Bancorp 39
<PAGE>
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF INCOME
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Year Ended December 31 (Dollars in Millions, Except Per Share Data) 1998 1997 1996
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
INTEREST INCOME
Loans ............................................................................$ 4,921.8 $ 4,784.5 $ 4,537.7
Securities:
Taxable ..................................................................... 303.6 371.5 420.5
Exempt from federal income taxes ............................................ 62.8 68.1 71.0
Other interest income ............................................................ 119.2 69.5 85.2
-------------------------------------------------
Total interest income ............................................. 5,407.4 5,293.6 5,114.4
INTEREST EXPENSE
Deposits ......................................................................... 1,391.0 1,436.8 1,441.3
Federal funds purchased and repurchase agreements ................................ 153.6 183.0 197.9
Other short-term funds borrowed .................................................. 59.1 117.6 198.0
Long-term debt ................................................................... 672.7 459.0 303.8
Company-obligated mandatorily redeemable preferred securities of subsidiary trusts
holding solely the junior subordinated debentures of the parent company ..... 70.4 49.1 2.8
-------------------------------------------------
Total interest expense ............................................ 2,346.8 2,245.5 2,143.8
-------------------------------------------------
Net interest income .............................................................. 3,060.6 3,048.1 2,970.6
Provision for credit losses ...................................................... 379.0 460.3 271.2
-------------------------------------------------
Net interest income after provision for credit losses ............................ 2,681.6 2,587.8 2,699.4
NONINTEREST INCOME
Credit card fee revenue 574.8 418.8 351.5
Trust and investment management fees ............................................. 413.0 348.0 302.3
Service charges on deposit accounts .............................................. 406.0 396.2 377.2
Investment products fees and commissions ......................................... 229.7 65.7 59.7
Trading account profits and commissions .......................................... 118.1 30.9 29.0
Investment banking revenue ....................................................... 100.4 -- --
Securities gains ................................................................. 12.6 3.6 20.8
Gain on sale of mortgage banking operations and other assets ..................... -- 9.4 71.4
Termination fee .................................................................. -- -- 190.0
State income tax refund .......................................................... -- -- 65.0
Other ............................................................................ 402.0 342.6 316.2
-------------------------------------------------
Total noninterest income .......................................... 2,256.6 1,615.2 1,783.1
NONINTEREST EXPENSE
Salaries ......................................................................... 1,210.9 969.3 964.5
Employee benefits ................................................................ 222.3 217.4 220.3
Net occupancy .................................................................... 187.4 182.0 179.4
Furniture and equipment .......................................................... 153.4 165.4 175.2
Goodwill and other intangible assets ............................................. 143.7 113.3 130.1
Professional services ............................................................ 71.3 70.3 58.0
Other personnel costs ............................................................ 53.0 66.6 83.4
Merger, integration, and resizing ................................................ 216.5 511.6 88.1
SAIF special assessment .......................................................... -- -- 61.3
Other ............................................................................ 585.8 516.4 577.8
-------------------------------------------------
Total noninterest expense ......................................... 2,844.3 2,812.3 2,538.1
-------------------------------------------------
Income before income taxes ....................................................... 2,093.9 1,390.7 1,944.4
Applicable income taxes .......................................................... 766.5 552.2 725.7
-------------------------------------------------
Net income .......................................................................$ 1,327.4 $ 838.5 $ 1,218.7
-------------------------------------------------
Net income applicable to common equity ...........................................$ 1,327.4 $ 827.9 $ 1,200.3
-------------------------------------------------
Earnings per share ...............................................................$ 1.81 $ 1.13 $ 1.60
Diluted earnings per share .......................................................$ 1.78 $ 1.11 $ 1.57
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SEE NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
</TABLE>
40 U.S. Bancorp
<PAGE>
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Accumulated
Common Other
Shares Preferred Common Capital Retained Comprehensive Treasury
Year Ended December 31 (Dollars in Millions) Outstanding* Stock Stock Surplus Earnings Income Stock** Total
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
BALANCE DECEMBER 31, 1995 ......................723,095,643 $ 253.2 $934.8 $1,244.7 $3,275.1 $ 31.9 $ (397.8) $5,341.9
Dividends declared:
Preferred ................................. (18.4) (18.4)
Common .................................... (406.9) (406.9)
Purchase and retirement of treasury stock ......(78,439,368) (51.0) (654.2) (784.9) (1,490.1)
Issuance of common stock:
Acquisitions .............................. 71,253,549 59.4 637.6 (44.4) 384.2 1,036.8
Dividend reinvestment ..................... 938,634 .6 5.7 11.5 17.8
Stock option and stock purchase plans ..... 10,484,430 4.5 63.1 (96.5) 119.7 90.8
Redemption/conversion of preferred stock ....... 10,685,082 (103.2) (118.2) 221.4 --
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
738,017,970 150.0 948.3 1,296.9 2,590.7 31.9 (445.9) 4,571.9
Comprehensive income
Net income ................................ 1,218.7 1,218.7
Other comprehensive income:
Unrealized loss on securities of $27.2
(net of $16.5 tax credit) ............ (27.2) (27.2)
--------
Total comprehensive income ...... 1,191.5
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BALANCE DECEMBER 31, 1996 ......................738,017,970 $ 150.0 $948.3 $1,296.9 $3,809.4 $ 4.7 $ (445.9) $5,763.4
Dividends declared:
Preferred ................................. (10.6) (10.6)
Common .................................... (445.7) (445.7)
Purchase and retirement of treasury stock ......(14,671,065) (41.1) (266.5) (514.6) 391.2 (431.0)
Issuance of common stock:
Acquisitions .............................. 2,847,885 3.6 83.8 87.4
Dividend reinvestment ..................... 601,638 .9 9.5 8.3 18.7
Stock option and stock purchase plans ..... 13,136,586 13.2 137.4 (32.2) 46.4 164.8
Redemption of preferred stock .................. (150.0) (150.0)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
739,933,014 -- 924.9 1,261.1 2,806.3 4.7 -- 4,997.0
Comprehensive income
Net income ................................ 838.5 838.5
Other comprehensive income:
Unrealized gains on securities of $54.6
(net of $32.9 tax expense) ........... 54.6 54.6
--------
Total comprehensive income ...... 893.1
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BALANCE DECEMBER 31, 1997 ......................739,933,014 $ -- $924.9 $1,261.1 $3,644.8 $ 59.3 $ -- $5,890.1
Common dividends declared ...................... (516.4) (516.4)
Purchase of treasury stock .....................(24,658,162) (964.0) (964.0)
Issuance of common stock:
Dividend reinvestment ..................... 574,168 .3 8.9 12.7 21.9
Stock option and stock purchase plans ..... 9,912,698 5.8 (22.8) 215.5 198.5
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
725,761,718 -- 931.0 1,247.2 3,128.4 59.3 (735.8) 4,630.1
Comprehensive income
Net income ................................ 1,327.4 1,327.4
Other comprehensive income:
Unrealized gains on securities of $23.6
(net of $14.0 tax expense) net of
reclassification adjustment for gains
included in net income of $11.1 (net of
$6.4 tax expense) 12.5 12.5
--------
Total comprehensive income ...... 1,339.9
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BALANCE DECEMBER 31, 1998 ......................725,761,718 $ -- $931.0 $1,247.2 $4,455.8 $ 71.8 $ (735.8) $5,970.0
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
* DEFINED AS TOTAL COMMON SHARES LESS COMMON STOCK HELD IN TREASURY.
** ENDING TREASURY SHARES WERE 19,036,139 AT DECEMBER 31, 1998 AND 20,632,491 AT DECEMBER 31, 1996.
SEE NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
</TABLE>
U.S. Bancorp 41
<PAGE>
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Year Ended December 31 (Dollars in Millions) 1998 1997 1996
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net income .............................................................................. $ 1,327.4 $ 838.5 $ 1,218.7
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Provision for credit losses ........................................................ 379.0 460.3 271.2
Gains on available-for-sale securities ............................................. (12.6) (3.6) (20.8)
Depreciation and amortization of premises and equipment ............................ 130.4 133.8 150.2
Provision for deferred income taxes ................................................ 25.9 37.6 51.0
Amortization of goodwill and other intangible assets................................ 143.7 113.3 130.1
Noncash portion of merger, integration, and resizing charges ....................... -- 294.5 40.4
Gains on sales of mortgage banking operations and other assets ..................... -- (9.4) (71.4)
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, excluding the effects of
purchase acquisitions:
(Increase) decrease in trading account securities ............................. (141.1) 36.0 135.0
Decrease (increase) in loans held for sale .................................... 13.4 (151.0) 87.9
(Increase) decrease in accrued receivables .................................... (160.7) 348.3 (157.9)
Increase in prepaid expenses .................................................. (59.7) (388.2) (38.5)
Increase in accrued liabilities ............................................... 20.3 59.6 126.7
Other - net ........................................................................ (293.5) (278.3) (77.3)
----------------------------------------
Net cash provided by operating activities ................................ 1,372.5 1,491.4 1,845.3
----------------------------------------
INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Net cash (used) provided by:
Interest-bearing deposits with banks ............................................... (2.3) 14.9 (4.1)
Loans outstanding .................................................................. (3,021.1) (2,283.4) (2,019.1)
Securities purchased under agreements to resell .................................... 224.2 173.4 (247.5)
Available-for-sale securities:
Sales .............................................................................. 226.4 1,046.7 1,694.8
Maturities ......................................................................... 1,755.4 1,569.0 2,120.9
Purchases .......................................................................... (603.5) (2,082.9) (1,419.1)
Maturity of held-to-maturity securities ................................................. -- 37.4 114.2
Proceeds from sales of other real estate ................................................ 46.3 62.9 127.9
Proceeds from sales of premises and equipment ........................................... 44.1 97.0 44.5
Purchases of premises and equipment ..................................................... (155.8) (142.4) (165.4)
Sales of loans .......................................................................... 4.9 58.4 147.9
Purchases of loans ...................................................................... (1,575.7) (361.2) (19.5)
Acquisitions, net of cash received ...................................................... (780.2) (23.6) (38.3)
Cash and cash equivalents of acquired subsidiaries ...................................... -- 43.2 245.8
Securitization of corporate charge card balances ........................................ -- 418.1 --
Sales of subsidiary operations .......................................................... -- -- (70.3)
Other - net ............................................................................. (67.9) (40.0) (40.3)
----------------------------------------
Net cash (used) provided by investing activities ......................... (3,905.2) (1,412.5) 472.4
----------------------------------------
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Net cash provided (used) by:
Deposits ........................................................................... 668.4 (882.8) 78.4
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase ......... 321.8 (1,091.1) (697.6)
Short-term borrowings .............................................................. (909.1) (2,217.3) (868.3)
Long-term debt transactions:
Proceeds ........................................................................... 6,427.5 6,577.5 2,004.0
Principal payments ................................................................. (3,011.6) (1,718.5) (1,238.1)
Issuance of Company-obligated mandatorily redeemable preferred securities of subsidiary
trusts holding solely the junior subordinated debentures of the parent company ..... 350.0 -- 600.0
Redemption of preferred stock ........................................................... -- (150.0) --
Proceeds from dividend reinvestment, stock option, and stock purchase plans ............. 220.4 183.5 108.6
Repurchase of common stock .............................................................. (964.0) (431.0) (1,490.1)
Cash dividends .......................................................................... (516.4) (456.3) (414.8)
----------------------------------------
Net cash provided (used) by financing activities ......................... 2,587.0 (186.0) (1,917.9)
----------------------------------------
Change in cash and cash equivalents ...................................... 54.3 (107.1) 399.8
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year .......................................... 4,801.0 4,908.1 4,508.3
----------------------------------------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year ................................. $ 4,855.3 $ 4,801.0 $ 4,908.1
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SEE NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
</TABLE>
42 U.S. Bancorp
<PAGE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NOTE A SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
U.S. Bancorp (the "Company") is a bank holding company offering a full range
of financial services through banking offices in 17 states including
Minnesota, Oregon, Washington, Colorado, California, Idaho, Nebraska, North
Dakota, Nevada, South Dakota, Montana, Iowa, Illinois, Utah, Wisconsin,
Kansas, and Wyoming. The Company also engages in credit card and merchant
processing, insurance, trust and investment management, brokerage, leasing
and investment banking activities principally in domestic markets.
BASIS OF PRESENTATION The consolidated financial statements include the
accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries. The consolidation eliminates
all significant intercompany accounts and transactions. Certain items in
prior periods have been reclassified to conform to the current presentation.
USES OF ESTIMATES The preparation of financial statements in conformity with
generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make
estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial
statements and accompanying notes. Actual experience could differ from those
estimates.
BUSINESS SEGMENTS
Within the Company, financial performance is measured by major lines of
business based on the products and services provided to customers through its
distribution channels. The Company has five reportable operating segments:
Commercial & Business Banking and Private Financial Services includes
lending, treasury management, and other financial services to middle market,
large corporate and mortgage banking companies and private banking and
personal trust clients.
Retail Banking delivers products and services to the broad consumer
market and small-businesses through branch offices, telemarketing, direct
mail, and automated teller machines ("ATMs").
Payment Systems includes consumer and business credit cards, corporate
and purchasing card services, card-accessed secured and unsecured lines of
credit, ATM processing, and merchant processing.
Corporate Trust and Institutional Financial Services includes
institutional and corporate trust services and investment management services.
Investment Banking and Brokerage engages in equity and fixed income
trading activities, offers investment banking and underwriting services for
corporate and public sector customers and provides securities, mutual funds,
annuities and insurance products to consumers and regionally based businesses
through a network of banking centers and brokerage offices.
SEGMENT RESULTS Accounting policies for the lines of business are the same as
those used in preparation of the consolidated financial statements with
respect to activities specifically attributable to each business line.
However, the preparation of business line results requires management to
establish methodologies to allocate funding costs and benefits, expenses and
other financial elements to each line of business. For details of these
methodologies see "Basis for Financial Presentation" on page 18. Table 2
"Line of Business Financial Performance" on pages 18 through 20 provides
details of segment results. This information is incorporated by reference
into these Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
SECURITIES
TRADING ACCOUNT SECURITIES Debt and equity securities held for resale are
classified as trading account securities and reported at fair value. Realized
and unrealized gains or losses are recorded in noninterest income.
AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE SECURITIES These securities are not trading account
securities but may be sold before maturity in response to changes in interest
rates, prepayment risk, and funding sources or terms, or to meet liquidity
needs. They are carried at fair value with unrealized net gains or losses
reported in shareholders' equity. When sold, the amortized cost of the
specific securities is used to compute the gain or loss.
LOANS
Loans are reported net of unearned income. Interest income is accrued on the
unpaid principal balances. Loan and commitment fees are deferred and
recognized over the life of the loan and/or commitment period as yield
adjustments.
ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES Management determines the adequacy of the
allowance based on evaluations of the loan portfolio and related off-balance
sheet commitments, recent loss experience, and other pertinent factors,
including economic conditions. This evaluation is inherently subjective as it
requires estimates, including amounts of future cash collections expected on
nonaccrual loans that may be susceptible to significant change. The allowance
for credit losses relating to impaired loans is based on the loans'
observable market price, the collateral for certain collateral-dependent
loans, or the discounted cash flows using the loans' effective interest rate.
U.S. Bancorp 43
<PAGE>
The Company allocates the allowance to certain sectors based on relative
risk characteristics of the loan portfolio and other financial instruments
with credit exposure. Commercial allocations are based on quarterly reviews
of individual loans outstanding and binding commitments to lend and an
analysis of the migration of commercial loans and actual loss experience.
Consumer allocations are based on an analysis of product mix, risk
characteristics of the portfolio, fraud loss and bankruptcy experiences, and
historical losses, adjusted for current trends, for each homogenous category
or group of loans. The Company adjusted its methodology for allocating the
allowance for consumer credit exposure and, as such, prior year's amounts
have been reclassified to conform to this methodology. The reclassification
of unallocated allowance previously earmarked for consumer exposures, more
closely reflects certain industry practices for allocating the allowance for
credit losses. The allowance is increased through provisions charged to
operating earnings and reduced by net charge-offs.
NONACCRUAL LOANS Generally commercial loans (including impaired loans) are
placed on nonaccrual status when the collection of interest or principal has
become 90 days past due or is otherwise considered doubtful. When a loan is
placed on nonaccrual status, unpaid interest is reversed. Future interest
payments are generally applied against principal. Consumer loans other than
residential mortgages are generally charged-off at 120 days past due and are,
therefore, not placed on non-accrual status.
LEASES Certain subsidiaries engage in both direct and leveraged lease
financing. The net investment in direct financing leases is the sum of all
minimum lease payments and estimated residual values less unearned income.
Unearned income is added to interest income over the terms of the leases to
produce a level yield.
The investment in leveraged leases is the sum of all lease payments
(less nonrecourse debt payments) plus estimated residual values, less
unearned income. Income from leveraged leases is recognized over the term of
the leases based on the unrecovered equity investment.
LOANS AND MORTGAGES HELD FOR SALE These loans are carried at the lower of
cost or market value as determined on an aggregate basis by type of loan.
OTHER REAL ESTATE Other real estate ("ORE"), which is included in other
assets, is property acquired through foreclosure or other proceedings. ORE is
initially recorded at fair value and carried at the lower of cost or fair
value, less estimated selling costs. The property is evaluated regularly and
any decreases in the carrying amount are included in noninterest expense.
DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
INTEREST RATE SWAPS AND CONTRACTS The Company uses interest rate swaps and
contracts (forwards, options, caps and floors) to manage its interest rate
risk and as a financial intermediary. The Company does not enter into these
contracts for speculative purposes. Income or expense on swaps and contracts
designated as hedges of assets or liabilities is recorded as an adjustment to
interest income or expense. If the swap or contract is terminated, the gain
or loss is deferred and amortized over the remaining life of the underlying
asset or liability. If the hedged instrument is disposed of, the swap or
contract agreement is marked to market with any resulting gain or loss
included with the gain or loss from the disposition.
The initial bid/offer spread on intermediated swaps is deferred and
recognized in trading account profits and commissions over the life of the
agreement. Intermediated swaps and all other interest rate contracts are
marked to market and resulting gains or losses are recorded in trading
account profits and commissions. The Company's derivative trading activities
are not material to the consolidated financial statements; the cash flows
from these activities are included in operating activities.
OTHER SIGNIFICANT POLICIES
PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT Premises and equipment are stated at cost less
accumulated depreciation and amortized primarily on a straight-line method
basis.
Capital leases, less accumulated amortization, are included in premises
and equipment. The lease obligations are included in long-term debt.
Capitalized leases are amortized on a straight-line basis over the lease term
and the amortization is included in depreciation expense.
INTANGIBLE ASSETS Goodwill, the price paid over the net fair value of
acquired businesses, is included in other assets and is amortized over
periods ranging up to 25 years. Other intangible assets are amortized over
their estimated useful lives, which range from seven to fifteen years, using
straight-line and accelerated methods.
INCOME TAXES Deferred taxes are recorded to reflect the tax consequences on
future years of differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities
and the financial reporting amounts at each year-end.
STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS For the purposes of reporting cash flows, cash
equivalents include cash and due from banks and federal funds sold.
STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION The Company grants stock options for a fixed number
of shares to employees with an exercise price equal to the fair value of the
shares at the date of grant. The Company accounts for stock option grants in
44 U.S. Bancorp
<PAGE>
accordance with APB Opinion No. 25, "Accounting for Stock Issued to
Employees," and accordingly recognizes no compensation expense for the stock
option grants.
PER SHARE CALCULATIONS Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing net
income (less preferred stock dividends) by the weighted average number of
common shares outstanding during the year. Diluted earnings per share is
calculated by adjusting income and outstanding shares, assuming conversion of
all potentially dilutive securities, using the treasury stock method.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NOTE B ACCOUNTING CHANGES
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME Effective January 1, 1998, the Company adopted Statement
of Financial Accounting Standards No. ("SFAS") 130, "Reporting Comprehensive
Income," which establishes standards for the reporting and display of
comprehensive income and its components in a full set of financial
statements. The Statement requires that all items that are required to be
recognized under accounting standards as components of comprehensive income
be reported in a financial statement that is displayed as prominently as
other financial statements. The Statement requires the classification of
items of other comprehensive income by their nature in a financial statement
and the display of other comprehensive income separately from retained
earnings and capital surplus in the equity section of the balance sheet. All
prior periods presented have been restated to conform to the provisions of
this Statement.
COMPUTER SOFTWARE COSTS Effective January 1, 1998, the Company adopted
Statement of Position ("SOP") 98-1, "Accounting for the Costs of Computer
Software Developed or Obtained for Internal Use." SOP 98-1 requires the
capitalization of certain costs incurred in connection with developing or
obtaining software for internal use. Historically, the Company has expensed
such costs as incurred. Restatement of previously issued annual financial
statements or adoption by a cumulative catch-up adjustment was prohibited.
The adoption of SOP 98-1 did not have a material effect on the Company.
SEGMENT DISCLOSURE Effective January 1, 1998, the Company adopted SFAS 131,
"Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information," which
requires the disclosure of financial and descriptive information about
reportable operating segments. Operating segments are components of an
enterprise about which financial information is available and is evaluated
regularly in deciding how to allocate resources and assess performance. The
Statement requires the disclosure of profit or loss, certain specific revenue
and expense items, and assets of all operating segments, with reconciliations
of amounts presented in the financial statements. The Statement also requires
the disclosure of how the operating segments were determined, the products
and services provided by the segments, differences between measurements used
in reporting segment information and those used in the financial statements,
and changes in the measurement of segment amounts from period to period. All
prior period disclosures have been restated to conform to the provisions of
this Statement.
PENSIONS AND OTHER POSTRETIREMENT BENEFITS DISCLOSURE Effective January 1,
1998, the Company adopted SFAS 132, "Employers' Disclosures about Pensions
and Other Postretirement Benefits," which standardizes the disclosure
requirements for pensions and other postretirement benefits to the extent
practicable. The Statement supersedes the disclosure requirements of: SFAS
87, "Employers' Accounting for Pensions"; SFAS 88, "Employers' Accounting for
Settlements and Curtailments of Defined Benefit Pension Plans and for
Termination Benefits"; and SFAS 106, "Employers' Accounting for
Postretirement Benefits Other Than Pensions." The Statement addresses
disclosure only and not measurement or recognition. All prior period
disclosures have been restated to conform to the provisions of this Statement.
ACCOUNTING FOR TRANSFERS AND SERVICING OF FINANCIAL ASSETS AND
EXTINGUISHMENTS OF LIABILITIES Effective January 1, 1997, the Company adopted
SFAS 125, "Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and
Extinguishments of Liabilities," which establishes criteria, based on legal
control, to determine whether a transfer of financial assets is considered a
sale or secured borrowing. Effective January 1, 1998, and in accordance with
SFAS 127 which amended SFAS 125, the Company adopted the provisions of SFAS
125 relating to securities lending, repurchase agreements and other secured
financing transactions. The adoption of SFAS 125 did not have a material
effect on the Company.
ACCOUNTING FOR DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS AND HEDGING ACTIVITIES SFAS 133,
"Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities," establishes
accounting and reporting standards for derivative instruments, including
certain derivative instruments imbedded in other contracts, and for hedging
activities. It requires that an entity recognize all derivatives as either
assets or liabilities in the statement of financial position and measure
those instruments at fair value. In certain defined conditions, a derivative
may be specifically designated as a hedge for a particular exposure. The
accounting for changes in the fair value of the derivative depends on the
intended use of the derivative and the resulting designation. SFAS 133 is
effective for all quarters of fiscal years beginning after June 15, 1999,
with earlier application permitted. Retroactive application of this Statement
to prior periods is prohibited. The adoption of SFAS 133 is not expected to
have a material impact on the Company.
U.S. Bancorp 45
<PAGE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NOTE C BUSINESS COMBINATIONS AND DIVESTITURES
U. S. BANCORP On August 1, 1997, First Bank System, Inc. ("FBS") issued 329.7
million common shares to acquire U. S. Bancorp ("USBC"). As of the
acquisition date, the combined institution, now known as U.S. Bancorp, had
approximately $70 billion in assets, $49 billion in deposits and served
nearly four million households and 475,000 businesses in 17 contiguous states
from Illinois to Washington. The Company exchanged 2.265 shares of its common
stock for each share of USBC common stock. USBC's outstanding stock options
also were converted into stock options for the Company's common stock. In
addition, each outstanding share of USBC cumulative preferred stock was
converted into one share of preferred stock of the combined company having
substantially identical terms. The transaction was accounted for as a
pooling-of-interests.
PIPER JAFFRAY COMPANIES INC. On May 1, 1998, the Company completed its
acquisition of Piper Jaffray Companies Inc. ("Piper Jaffray"), a full-service
investment banking and securities brokerage firm. The acquisition allows the
Company to offer investment banking and institutional and retail brokerage
services through a new subsidiary known as U.S. Bancorp Piper Jaffray Inc.
The acquisition of Piper Jaffray was accounted for under the purchase method
of accounting, and accordingly, the purchase price of $738 million (including
$719 million aggregate cash consideration for Piper Jaffray shares
outstanding) was allocated to assets acquired and liabilities assumed based
on their fair market values at the date of acquisition.
OTHER ACQUISITIONS Effective December 15, 1998, the Company completed its
acquisition of Northwest Bancshares, Inc., a privately-held bank holding
company headquartered in Vancouver, Washington, with 10 banking locations and
$344 million in deposits. Effective December 12, 1997, the Company completed
its acquisition of the $360 million Zappco, Inc., a bank holding company
headquartered in St. Cloud, Minnesota. Effective April 30, 1997, USBC
completed its acquisition of the $214 million Business and Professional Bank
of Sacramento, California. On January 31, 1997, the Company completed its
acquisition of the bond indenture services and paying agency business of
Comerica Incorporated. This business serves approximately 860 municipal and
corporate clients with about 2,400 bond issues. Effective January 1, 1997,
USBC completed its acquisition of the $70 million Sun Capital Bancorp of St.
George, Utah. These transactions were accounted for as purchase acquisitions.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NOTE D SECURITIES
The detail of the amortized cost, gross unrealized holding gains and losses,
and fair value of available-for-sale securities at December 31 was as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Gross Gross Gross Gross
Unrealized Unrealized Unrealized Unrealized
Amortized Holding Holding Fair Amortized Holding Holding Fair
(Dollars in Millions) Cost Gains Losses Value Cost Gains Losses Value
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
U.S. Treasury ................. $ 489 $ 11 $ -- $ 500 $ 628 $ 2 $ (2) $ 628
Mortgage-backed ............... 3,395 53 (10) 3,438 4,326 56 (16) 4,366
Other U.S. agencies ........... 252 7 -- 259 360 10 -- 370
State and political ........... 1,219 36 -- 1,255 1,300 32 (1) 1,331
Other ......................... 106 21 (2) 125 175 23 (8) 190
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total ................... $5,461 $128 $(12) $5,577 $6,789 $123 $(27) $6,885
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
Securities carried at $4.6 billion at December 31, 1998, and $4.4
billion at December 31, 1997, were pledged to secure public, private and
trust deposits and for other purposes required by law. Securities sold under
agreements to repurchase were collateralized by securities and securities
purchased under agreements to resell with an amortized cost of $1.4 billion
and $1.5 billion at December 31, 1998, and 1997, respectively.
Gross realized gains and losses on securities were as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(Dollars in Millions) 1998 1997 1996
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Gross realized gains ................ $ 14.5 $ 5.0 $ 39.7
Gross realized losses ............... (1.9) (1.4) (18.9)
--------------------------------------
Net realized gains ............... $ 12.6 $ 3.6 $ 20.8
--------------------------------------
Income taxes on realized gains ...... $ 4.7 $ 1.4 $ 8.0
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
For amortized cost, fair value and yield by maturity date of
available-for-sale securities outstanding as of December 31, 1998, see Table
11 on page 27 from which such information is incorporated by reference into
these Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NOTE E RESTRICTIONS ON CASH AND DUE FROM BANKS
Bank subsidiaries are required to maintain minimum average reserve balances
with the Federal Reserve Bank. The amount of those reserve balances was
approximately $668 million at December 31, 1998, with an average balance of
$248 million during the year ended December 31, 1998.
46 U.S. Bancorp
<PAGE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NOTE F LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES
The composition of the loan portfolio at December 31 was as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(Dollars in Millions) 1998 1997
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C>
COMMERCIAL:
Commercial ............................................ $25,974 $23,399
Real estate:
Commercial mortgage ................................ 8,193 8,025
Construction ....................................... 3,069 2,359
---------------------
Total commercial ................................ 37,236 33,783
CONSUMER:
Home equity and second mortgage ....................... 7,409 5,815
Credit card ........................................... 4,221 4,200
Automobile ............................................ 3,413 3,227
Revolving credit ...................................... 1,686 1,567
Installment ........................................... 1,168 1,199
Student* .............................................. 829 686
---------------------
Subtotal ........................................... 18,726 16,694
Residential mortgage .................................. 3,124 4,038
Residential mortgage held for sale .................... 36 193
---------------------
Total consumer .................................. 21,886 20,925
---------------------
Total loans ..................................... $59,122 $54,708
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
*ALL OR PART OF THE STUDENT LOAN PORTFOLIO MAY BE SOLD WHEN THE REPAYMENT
PERIOD BEGINS.
Loans of $1.2 billion at December 31, 1998, and $2.7 billion at December
31, 1997, were pledged at the Federal Home Loan Bank and the Federal Reserve.
Nonaccrual and renegotiated loans totaled $279 million, $297 million and $269
million at December 31, 1998, 1997, and 1996, respectively. At December 31,
1998, and 1997, the Company had $218 million and $239 million, respectively,
of loans considered impaired under SFAS 114 included in its nonaccrual loans.
The carrying value of the impaired loans was less than or equal to the
appraised collateral value or the present value of expected future cash flows
and, accordingly, no allowance for credit losses was specifically allocated
to impaired loans. For the years ended December 31, 1998, 1997, and 1996, the
average recorded investment in impaired loans was approximately $214 million,
$249 million, and $176 million, respectively. The effect of nonaccrual and
renegotiated loans on interest income was as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Year ended December 31
----------------------------------
(Dollars in Millions) 1998 1997 1996
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Interest income that would have been accrued
at original contractual rates .............................. $22.5 $26.6 $32.3
Amount recognized as interest income .......................... 7.6 9.5 7.5
----------------------------------
Foregone revenue .............................................. $14.9 $17.1 $24.8
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
Commitments to lend additional funds to customers whose loans were
classified as nonaccrual or renegotiated at December 31, 1998, totaled $43.6
million. During 1998, there were $3.6 million in loans that were restructured at
market interest rates and returned to a fully performing status.
Activity in the allowance for credit losses was as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(Dollars in Millions) 1998 1997 1996
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Balance at beginning of year ............................. $1,008.7 $ 992.5 $908.0
Add:
Provision charged to operating expense ................ 379.0 460.3 271.2
Deduct:
Loans charged off ..................................... 592.1 576.4 397.2
Less recoveries of loans charged off .................. 157.9 126.7 135.7
-------------------------------------
Net loans charged off ................................. 434.2 449.7 261.5
Additions from acquisitions .............................. 47.4 5.6 74.8
-------------------------------------
Balance at end of year ................................... $1,000.9 $1,008.7 $992.5
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
U.S. Bancorp 47
<PAGE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NOTE G PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT
Premises and equipment at December 31 consisted of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(Dollars in Millions) 1998 1997
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C>
Land ............................................................ $ 128 $ 141
Buildings and improvements ...................................... 906 881
Furniture, fixtures and equipment ............................... 751 614
Capitalized building and equipment leases ....................... 109 103
--------------------
1,894 1,739
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization .................. 1,015 879
--------------------
Total ........................................................ $ 879 $ 860
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NOTE H LONG-TERM DEBT
Long-term debt (debt with original maturities of more than one year) at December
31 consisted of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(Dollars in Millions) 1998 1997
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C>
U.S. BANCORP (Parent Company):
Fixed-rate subordinated notes:
8.125% due May 15, 2002 ........................................................ $ 150 $ 150
7.00% due March 15, 2003 ....................................................... 150 150
6.625% due May 15, 2003 ........................................................ 100 100
8.00% due July 2, 2004 ......................................................... 125 125
7.625% due May 1, 2005 ......................................................... 150 150
6.75% due October 15, 2005 ..................................................... 300 300
6.875% due September 15, 2007 .................................................. 250 250
7.50% due June 1, 2026 ......................................................... 200 200
Floating-rate notes - due November 15, 1999 ....................................... 200 200
Floating-rate subordinated notes - due November 30, 2010 .......................... 107 107
Medium-term notes ................................................................. 1,675 652
Capitalized lease obligations, mortgage indebtedness and other .................... 67 26
--------------------
3,474 2,410
SUBSIDIARIES:
Fixed-rate subordinated notes:
6.00% due October 15, 2003 ..................................................... 100 100
7.55% due June 15, 2004 ........................................................ 100 100
8.35% due November 1, 2004 ..................................................... 100 100
6.875% due April 1, 2006 ....................................................... 125 125
6.50% due February 1, 2008 ..................................................... 300 --
6.30% due July 15, 2008 ........................................................ 300 --
5.70% due December 15, 2008 .................................................... 400 --
Step-up subordinated notes - due August 15, 2005 .................................. 100 100
Floating-rate notes - due February 27, 2000 ....................................... 250 250
Federal Home Loan Bank advances ................................................... 2,187 1,392
Bank notes ........................................................................ 6,209 5,602
Capitalized lease obligations, mortgage indebtedness and other .................... 136 68
--------------------
Total .......................................................................... $13,781 $10,247
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
Floating-rate notes due November 15, 1999, are the only assets of the
U.S. Bancorp Putable Asset Trust 1996-1 (the "1996-1 Trust"). The 1996-1
Trust entered into a call option, pursuant to which the call holder has the
right to purchase the notes from the 1996-1 Trust at par on November 15,
1999. If the call is exercised, the notes would become fixed-rate obligations
due in 2006. If the call holder does not exercise the call option, the
Company is required to redeem the notes immediately thereafter. The interest
rate adjusts quarterly at .15 percent over the London Interbank Offered Rate
("LIBOR") for three-month United States dollar deposits. At December 31,
1998, the interest rate was 5.7125 percent.
Floating-rate subordinated notes due November 30, 2010, may be redeemed
at par at the Company's option. The annual interest rate for each quarterly
period is one-eighth of 1 percent above LIBOR for three-month Euro-dollar
deposits, subject to a minimum of 5.25 percent. At December 31, 1998, the
interest rate was 5.625 percent.
48 U.S. Bancorp
<PAGE>
Step-up subordinated notes due August 15, 2005, are issued by the
Company's subsidiary bank, U.S. Bank National Association (the "Bank"). The
interest rate on these notes is 6.25 percent through August 14, 2000, and
7.30 percent thereafter. The notes have a one-time call feature at the option
of the Bank on August 15, 2000.
Floating-rate notes due February 27, 2000, are issued by the Bank and
are the only assets of the U.S. Oregon Pass-Through Asset Trust 1997-1 (the
"1997-1 Trust"). The 1997-1 Trust entered into a call option, pursuant to
which the call holder has the right to purchase the notes from the 1997-1
Trust at par on February 27, 2000. If the call is exercised, the notes would
become fixed-rate obligations due in 2007. If the call holder does not
exercise the call option, the Bank is required to redeem the notes
immediately thereafter. The interest rate adjusts quarterly at .10 percent
over LIBOR for three-month United States dollar deposits. At December 31,
1998, the interest rate was 5.35 percent.
Medium-term notes outstanding at December 31, 1998, mature from February
1999 through July 2002. The notes bear fixed or floating interest rates
ranging from 5.41 percent to 6.93 percent. The weighted average interest rate
at December 31, 1998, was 5.65 percent. Federal Home Loan Bank advances
outstanding at December 31, 1998, mature from February 1999 through October
2026. The advances bear fixed or floating interest rates ranging from 5.35
percent to 9.11 percent. The weighted average interest rate at December 31,
1998, was 5.59 percent. Bank notes outstanding at December 31, 1998, mature
from March 1999 through November 2005. The notes bear fixed or floating
interest rates ranging from 5.16 percent to 6.38 percent. The weighted
average interest rate at December 31, 1998, was 5.60 percent.
Maturities of long-term debt outstanding at December 31, 1998, were:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Parent
(Dollars in Millions) Consolidated Company
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C>
1999 .................................................... $ 2,936 $ 629
2000 .................................................... 2,297 520
2001 .................................................... 2,342 575
2002 .................................................... 1,618 308
2003 .................................................... 1,484 251
Thereafter .............................................. 3,104 1,191
---------------------
Total ................................................ $13,781 $3,474
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NOTE I COMPANY-OBLIGATED MANDATORILY
REDEEMABLE PREFERRED SECURITIES
OF SUBSIDIARY TRUSTS HOLDING
SOLELY THE JUNIOR SUBORDINATED
DEBENTURES OF THE PARENT COMPANY
The Company issued $950 million of preferred securities (the "Preferred
Securities") through three separate issuances by three wholly-owned
subsidiary grantor trusts, FBS Capital I, U.S. Bancorp Capital I and USB
Capital II (the "Trusts"). The Preferred Securities accrue and pay
distributions periodically at specified annual rates as provided in the
Indentures. The Trusts used the net proceeds from the offerings to purchase a
like amount of Junior Subordinated Deferrable Interest Debentures (the
"Debentures") of the Company. The Debentures are the sole assets of the
Trusts and are eliminated, along with the related income statement effects,
in the consolidated financial statements. The Company's obligations under the
Debentures and related documents, taken together, constitute a full and
unconditional guarantee by the Company of the obligations of the Trusts. The
guarantee covers the distributions and payments on liquidation or redemption
of the Preferred Securities, but only to the extent of funds held by the
Trusts. The Preferred Securities are mandatorily redeemable upon the maturity
of the Debentures, or upon earlier redemption as provided in the Indentures.
The Company has the right to redeem the Debentures in whole, (but not in
part), on or after specific dates, at a redemption price specified in the
Indentures plus any accrued but unpaid interest to the redemption date. The
Company used the proceeds from the sales of the Debentures for general
corporate purposes.
USB Capital II completed the sale of $350 million Preferred Securities
in March 1998. The sole asset of USB Capital II is $361 million principal
amount 7.20 percent Debentures which mature in April 2028, and are redeemable
prior to maturity at the option of the Company on or after April 1, 2003.
U.S. Bancorp Capital I completed the sale of $300 million Preferred
Securities in December 1996. The sole asset of U.S. Bancorp Capital I is $309
million principal amount 8.27 percent Debentures which mature in December
2026, and are redeemable prior to maturity at the option of the Company on or
after December 15, 2006.
FBS Capital I completed the sale of $300 million Preferred Securities in
November 1996. The sole asset of FBS Capital I is $309 million principal
amount 8.09 percent Debentures which mature in November 2026, and are
redeemable prior to maturity at the option of the Company on or after
November 15, 2006.
U.S. Bancorp 49
<PAGE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NOTE J SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
COMMON STOCK At December 31, 1998, the Company had 61.2 million shares of
common stock reserved for future issuances under the Dividend Reinvestment
Plan, Employee Stock Purchase Plan, and the Stock Option Plan (see Note L).
On April 22, 1998, the Company's shareholders authorized an increase in
the Company's capital stock necessary to implement the three-for-one split of
the Company's common stock announced on February 18, 1998. The number of
common and preferred shares which the Company has authority to issue was
increased from 500 million shares and 10 million shares, respectively, to 1.5
billion shares and 50 million shares, respectively. The stock split was in
the form of a 200 percent dividend payable May 18, 1998, to shareholders of
record on May 4, 1998. The impact of the stock split has been reflected in
the financial statements for all periods presented and all share and per
share data included herein. The Company completed several acquisitions since
1996 with common shares issued in exchange for the stock of the acquired
banks (see Note C).
On June 8, 1998, the Company's Board of Directors authorized the
repurchase of up to $2.5 billion of the Company's common stock through March
31, 2000. The shares will be repurchased in the open market or through
negotiated transactions. Through December 31, 1998, the Company repurchased
24.6 million shares for $962.8 million. Under 1996 Board authorizations, the
Company repurchased 93.0 million shares, including 14.7 million during 1997.
These authorizations were either completed or rescinded prior to the USBC
acquisition.
The Company's Dividend Reinvestment Plan provides for automatic
reinvestment of dividends and optional cash purchases of up to $60,000 worth
of additional shares per calendar year at market price.
PREFERRED STOCK The Company has authorization to issue up to 50 million
shares of preferred stock. At December 31, 1998, the Company had no preferred
stock outstanding.
On November 14, 1997, the Company redeemed all outstanding shares of its
8 1/8 percent Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series A at a redemption price of
$25 per share, together with accrued and unpaid dividends.
On November 29, 1996, the Company called the remaining 1,543,025 shares
of its Series 1991A Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock. As a result, at
December 31, 1996, (the redemption date), all remaining shares had been
redeemed or converted into common stock. Prior to conversion, dividends on
the Series 1991A shares, which had a $1.00 par value, were 7.125 percent per
year.
The preferred dividend requirement used in the calculation of earnings
per common share was $10.6 million and $18.4 million, for the years 1997 and
1996, respectively.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NOTE K EARNINGS PER SHARE
The components of earnings per share were:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(Dollars in Millions, Except Per Share Data) 1998 1997 1996
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
EARNINGS PER SHARE:
Net income ....................................................... $1,327.4 $838.5 $1,218.7
Preferred dividends .............................................. -- (10.6) (18.4)
-------------------------------------------
Net income to common stockholders ................................ $1,327.4 $827.9 $1,200.3
-------------------------------------------
Average shares outstanding ....................................... 733,897,845 733,550,892 749,178,474
-------------------------------------------
Earnings per share ............................................... $ 1.81 $ 1.13 $ 1.60
-------------------------------------------
DILUTED EARNINGS PER SHARE:
Net income ....................................................... $1,327.4 $838.5 $1,218.7
Preferred dividends, excluding Series 1991A Preferred Stock ...... -- (10.6) (12.2)
-------------------------------------------
Net income to common stockholders ................................ $1,327.4 $827.9 $1,206.5
-------------------------------------------
Average shares outstanding ....................................... 733,897,845 733,550,892 749,178,474
Net effect of the assumed purchase of stock under the
stock option and stock purchase plans - based on
the treasury stock method using average market price .......... 10,280,298 9,362,844 7,798,500
Conversion of Series 1991A Preferred Stock ....................... -- -- 9,195,030
-------------------------------------------
Dilutive common shares outstanding ............................... 744,178,143 742,913,736 766,172,004
-------------------------------------------
Diluted earnings per share ....................................... $ 1.78 $ 1.11 $ 1.57
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
50 U.S. Bancorp
<PAGE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NOTE L EMPLOYEE BENE?TS
RETIREMENT PLANS Pension benefits (Pension Plans) are provided to
substantially all employees based on years of service and employees'
compensation while employed with the Company. Employees are fully vested
after five years of service. The Company's funding policy is to contribute
amounts to its plans sufficient to meet the minimum funding requirements of
the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, plus such additional
amounts as the Company determines to be appropriate. The actuarial cost
method used to compute the pension contribution is the projected unit credit
method. Prior to their acquisition dates, employees of acquired companies
were covered by separate, noncontributory pension plans that provided
benefits based on years of service and compensation. As of December 31, 1998,
the Company has merged the acquired companies' plans into its own plan with
the exception of FirsTier, which is expected to be merged in 1999. In
connection with the merger of the former USBC and West One pension plans into
the former FBS pension plan, the acquired plans, which determined retirement
benefits based on the final average compensation of participants were changed
to a cash balance plan, under which retirement benefits are based on a
participant's average annual compensation over a career with the Company.
These changes resulted in a reduction in the benefit obligation during 1998.
The Company also maintains several unfunded, nonqualified, supplemental
executive retirement programs that provide additional defined pension
benefits for certain employees. The assumptions used in computing the present
value of the accumulated benefit obligation, the projected benefit obligation
and net pension expense are substantially consistent with those assumptions
used for the Pension Plans.
OTHER POSTRETIREMENT PLANS In addition to providing pension benefits, the
Company provides certain health care and death benefits to retired employees.
Nearly all employees may become eligible for health care benefits at or after
age 55 if they have completed at least five years of service and their age
plus years of service is equal to or exceeds 65 while working for the
Company. The Company subsidizes the cost of coverage for employees who retire
before age 65 with at least 10 years of service. The amount of the subsidy is
based on the employee's age and service at the time of retirement and remains
fixed until the retiree reaches age 65. After age 65 the retiree assumes
responsibility for the full cost of the coverage. The plan also contains
other cost-sharing features such as deductibles and coinsurance. The Company
continues to subsidize the coverage for employees over age 65 who retired
before a plan change eliminated the subsidy. The estimated cost of retiree
benefit payments, other than pensions, is accrued during the employees'
active service. Beginning in 1996, the Company funded the tax deductible
portion of its outstanding liability. Prior to 1996, the Company funded the
postretirement benefit costs as incurred.
Effective in 1998, the Company adopted a change in the measurement date
of its employee benefit plan from December 31 to September 30. Information
presented in the tables below reflects a measurement date of September 30,
1998 for 1998. Prior periods have not been restated; the impact of the change
is not material.
The following table sets forth the components of net periodic benefit cost
for the retirement plans.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Other
Pension Plans Postretirement Benefits
---------------------------------------------------------
(Dollars in Millions) 1998 1997 1996 1998 1997 1996
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Components of net periodic benefit cost
Service cost .............................................. $ 44.3 $ 38.3 $ 41.4 $ 2.2 $ 2.0 $ 2.1
Interest cost ............................................. 61.8 64.5 60.6 10.7 11.6 11.5
Expected return on plan assets ............................ (90.7) (77.1) (69.9) (.4) (.4) --
Amortization of transition (asset) obligation ............. (4.0) (7.4) (7.4) .8 .8 .8
Amortization of prior service cost ........................ (2.8) 1.5 2.0 (.8) (1.0) (1.0)
Recognized actuarial loss ................................. 1.9 1.3 3.0 -- -- --
---------------------------------------------------------
Net periodic benefit cost .................................... 10.5 21.1 29.7 12.5 13.0 13.4
Curtailment and settlement (gains) losses* ................ (22.6) (2.6) (.1) (4.3) (1.4) .1
---------------------------------------------------------
Net periodic benefit cost after
curtailment and settlement (gains) losses ............... $(12.1) $ 18.5 $ 29.6 $ 8.2 $11.6 $13.5
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
*IN 1998, $25.6 MILLION IN CURTAILMENT GAINS WAS RECORDED IN NONRECURRING
MERGER-RELATED CHARGES.
U.S. Bancorp 51
<PAGE>
The following tables summarize benefit obligation and plan asset activity for
the retirement plans.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Other
Pension Plans Postretirement Plans
---------------------------------------------------
(Dollars in Millions) 1998 1997 1998 1997
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
CHANGE IN BENEFIT OBLIGATION
Benefit obligation at beginning of measurement period ............ $ 927.2 $ 828.5 $ 167.5 $ 159.8
Service cost ..................................................... 44.3 38.3 2.2 2.0
Interest cost .................................................... 61.8 64.5 10.6 11.6
Plan participants' contributions ................................. -- -- 3.1 4.0
Plan amendments .................................................. (89.6) -- .2 --
Actuarial (gain) loss ............................................ 48.8 64.1 (6.7) 5.5
Acquisitions and special termination benefits .................... 2.2 5.2 -- --
Benefit payments ................................................. (21.6) (68.7) (11.1) (15.1)
Curtailments and settlements ..................................... (43.1) (4.7) (1.2) (.3)
---------------------------------------------------
Benefit obligation at end of measurement period .................. $ 930.0 $ 927.2 $ 164.6 $ 167.5
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CHANGE IN FAIR VALUE OF PLAN ASSETS
Fair value at beginning of measurement period .................... $1,069.4 $ 935.3 $ 9.5 $ 7.1
Actual return on plan assets ..................................... 1.6 174.3 .4 .4
Employer contributions ........................................... 33.9 28.5 9.3 13.1
Plan participants' contributions ................................. -- -- 3.1 4.0
Settlements ...................................................... (18.3) -- -- --
Benefit payments ................................................. (21.6) (68.7) (11.1) (15.1)
---------------------------------------------------
Fair value at end of measurement period .......................... $1,065.0 $1,069.4 $ 11.2 $ 9.5
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FUNDED STATUS
Funded status at end of measurement period ....................... $ 135.0 $ 142.2 $(153.4) $(158.0)
Unrecognized transition (asset) obligation ....................... (7.2) (11.3) 11.2 12.0
Unrecognized prior service cost .................................. (84.3) 4.7 (9.1) (13.1)
Unrecognized net (gain) loss ..................................... 40.3 (95.6) (5.9) .7
Fourth quarter contribution ...................................... 1.2 -- 3.0 --
---------------------------------------------------
Net amount recognized ............................................ $ 85.0 $ 40.0 $(154.2) $(158.4)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
COMPONENTS OF STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION
Prepaid benefit cost ............................................. $ 147.4 $ 91.3 $ -- $ --
Accrued benefit liability ........................................ (62.4) (51.3) (154.2) (158.4)
---------------------------------------------------
Net amount recognized ............................................ $ 85.0 $ 40.0 $(154.2) $(158.4)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
The following table sets forth the weighted average plan assumptions:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997 1996
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Pension Plan Actuarial Computations
Discount rate in determining benefit obligations .................................. 6.5% 7.0% 7.5%
Expected long-term return on plan assets .......................................... 9.5 9.5 9.5
Rate of increase in future compensation ........................................... 5.6 5.6 5.4
Other Postretirement Plan Actuarial Computations
Discount rate in determining benefit obligations .................................. 6.5% 7.0% 7.5%
Expected long-term return on plan assets .......................................... 5.0 5.0 5.0
Health care cost trend rate(1)
Prior to age 65 ................................................................. 7.0 8.1 9.1
After age 65 .................................................................... 6.4 6.5 6.0
Effect of One Percent Increase in Health Care Cost Trend Rate
Service and interest costs ........................................................ $ 1.2 $ 1.2 $ 1.2
Accumulated postretirement benefit obligation ..................................... 13.1 13.9 12.7
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
(1) BOTH RATES ARE ASSUMED TO DECREASE GRADUALLY TO 5.0% BY 2003 AND REMAIN AT
THAT LEVEL THEREAFTER.
52 U.S. Bancorp
<PAGE>
The following table provides information for pension plans with accumulated
benefit obligations in excess of plan assets:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(Dollars in Millions) 1998 1997
- ------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C>
Projected benefit obligation ............... $88.3 $75.8
Accumulated benefit obligation ............. 73.1 61.7
Fair value of plan assets .................. -- --
- ------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
EMPLOYEE INVESTMENT PLAN The Company provides a 401(k) Savings Plan formerly
known as the Capital Accumulation Plan which allows qualified employees, at
their option, to make contributions up to certain percentages of pre-tax base
salary through salary deductions under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue
Code. A portion of these contributions is matched by the Company. All of the
Company's matching contributions are invested in USB common stock. Employee
contributions are invested, at the employees' direction, among a variety of
investment alternatives. Total expense was $35.5 million, $22.5 million and
$25.6 million in 1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively.
STOCK INCENTIVE AND PURCHASE PLANS The Company has elected to follow
Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, "Accounting for Stock Issued to
Employees" (APB 25) in accounting for its employee stock incentive and
purchase plans. Under APB 25, because the exercise price of the Company's
employee stock options equals the market price of the underlying stock on the
date of grant, no compensation expense is recognized. On the date exercised,
the option proceeds equal to the par value of the shares are credited to
common stock and additional proceeds are credited to capital surplus.
The Employee Stock Purchase Plan (ESPP) permits all eligible employees
with at least one year of service and directors to purchase common stock.
Plan participants can purchase stock for 85 percent to 100 percent of the
fair market value, which is based on the price at the beginning or the end of
the purchase period, whichever is lower. Any discount is determined by a
committee of the Board of Directors. In 1998, the purchase price was 85
percent of fair market value. The plan results in no compensation expense to
the Company.
In July 1997, the shareholders approved the 1997 Stock Incentive Plan
(1997 Plan) whereby all former stock incentive plans of FBS and USBC were
incorporated into the 1997 Plan. All outstanding options, restricted stock
and other awards subject to the terms of the former FBS and USBC stock
incentive plans will remain outstanding and subject to the terms and
conditions of those plans but are counted as part of the total number of
common shares awarded under the 1997 Plan, subject, in the case of the former
USBC plans, to adjustment reflecting the conversion of USBC common stock into
common stock of the Company. An additional 6 million shares were approved for
issuance by the shareholders under the 1997 Plan to meet the needs of the
Company over approximately the next two years. The 1997 Plan allows for the
granting of nonqualified stock options, incentive stock options, stock
appreciation rights (SARs), restricted stock or stock units (RSUs),
performance awards, and other stock-based awards at or above 100 percent of
the market price at the date of grant. The 1997 Plan also provides automatic
grants of stock options to nonemployee directors. The rights of restricted
stock and RSU holders to transfer shares are generally limited during the
restriction period. At December 31, 1998, there were 13.8 million shares
(subject to adjustment for forfeitures) available for grant under the Plans.
Options granted are generally exercisable up to 10 years from the date
of grant and vest over three to five years. Restricted shares vest over three
to seven years. The vesting of certain options and restricted shares
accelerate based on the performance of the Company in comparison to the
performance of a predetermined group of regional banks. Compensation expense
for restricted stock is based on the market price of the Company stock at the
time of the grant and amortized on a straight-line basis over the vesting
period. For the performance-based restricted shares, compensation expense is
amortized using the estimated vesting period. Compensation expense related to
the restricted stock was $27.8 million, $8.4 million and $4.9 million in
1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively.
Stock incentive plans of acquired companies are terminated at the merger
closing dates. Option holders under such plans receive the Company's common
stock, or options to buy the Company's stock, based on the conversion terms
of the various merger agreements.
U.S. Bancorp 53
<PAGE>
The historical option information presented below has been restated to
reflect the options originally granted under acquired companies' plans.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Weighted Restricted
Options Average Price Shares
Outstanding Per Share Outstanding
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
DECEMBER 31, 1995 ...................... 28,826,352 $ 10.23 1,664,604
Granted:
Stock options ....................... 28,443,753 21.79 --
Restricted stock .................... -- 529,224
USBC acquisitions ...................... 1,228,575 6.66 --
FirsTier options converted ............. 810,492 9.81 --
Exercised .............................. (16,248,687) 11.07 --
Canceled/vested ........................ (537,210) 15.79 (740,751)
-------------------------------------------------
DECEMBER 31, 1996 ...................... 42,523,275 17.49 1,453,077
Granted:
Stock options ....................... 17,519,844 30.13 --
Restricted stock .................... -- 1,681,176
Exercised .............................. (17,857,107) 15.64 --
Canceled/vested ........................ (1,319,052) 22.36 (520,071)
-------------------------------------------------
DECEMBER 31, 1997 ...................... 40,866,960 23.62 2,614,182
Granted:
Stock options ....................... 8,844,793 40.37 --
Restricted stock .................... -- 1,605,649
Piper Jaffray options converted ........ 1,155,054 16.28 --
Exercised .............................. (15,083,962) 21.88 --
Canceled/vested ........................ (1,315,908) 29.62 (984,907)
-------------------------------------------------
DECEMBER 31, 1998 ...................... 34,466,937 $ 28.18 3,234,924
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
Additional information regarding options outstanding as of December 31, 1998,
is as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Options Outstanding Exercisable Options
------------------------------------------ --------------------------
Weighted-
Average Weighted- Weighted-
Remaining Average Average
Range of Contractual Exercise Exercise
Exercise Prices Shares Life (Years) Price Shares Price
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
$3.43-$9.99 ................. 1,719,936 3.9 $ 7.73 1,719,936 $ 7.73
$10.00-$19.99 ............... 3,404,184 6.3 13.80 3,266,189 13.58
$20.00-$29.99 ............... 13,382,182 8.1 24.21 6,803,574 24.14
$30.00-$39.99 ............... 11,540,419 9.0 34.38 5,725,961 34.21
$40.00-$47.06 ............... 4,420,216 9.5 43.05 2,305,398 42.74
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
34,466,937 8.2 $28.18 19,821,058 $26.05
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
Pro forma information regarding net income and earnings per share is
required by SFAS 123, "Accounting and Disclosure of Stock-Based Compensation"
and has been determined as if the Company had accounted for its employee
stock option and stock purchase plans (options) under the fair value method
of that Statement. The fair value of the options was estimated at the grant
date using a Black-Scholes option pricing model. Option valuation models
require the input of highly subjective assumptions. Because the Company's
employee stock options have characteristics significantly different from
those of traded options, and because changes in the subjective input
assumptions can materially affect the fair value estimate, in management's
opinion, the existing models do not necessarily provide a reliable single
measure of the fair value of its employee stock options.
54 U.S. Bancorp
<PAGE>
The pro forma disclosures include options granted in 1998, 1997 and 1996
and are not likely to be representative of the pro forma disclosures for
future years. The estimated fair value of the options is amortized to expense
over the options' vesting period.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Year Ended December 31
--------------------------------------------------
(Dollars in Millions, Except Per-Share Data) 1998 1997 1996
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Pro forma net income .................. $ 1,254.0 $ 783.8 $ 1,183.5
Pro forma net income (diluted) ........ 1,254.0 783.8 1,189.7
Pro forma earnings per share:
Earnings per share ................. $ 1.71 $ 1.07 $ 1.58
Diluted earnings per share ......... 1.69 1.06 1.55
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Weighted average assumptions
in option valuation
Risk-free interest rates .............. 5.4% 6.0% 6.2%
Dividend yields ....................... 2.3 2.5 3.2
Stock volatility factors .............. .25 .22 .20
Expected life of
options (in years) ................. 2.3 3.9 4.3
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NOTE M MERGER, INTEGRATION AND RESIZING CHARGES
The Company recorded merger, integration and resizing charges of $216.5
million, $511.6 million and $88.1 million in 1998, 1997 and 1996,
respectively. Merger and integration charges in 1998 were primarily due to
conversion costs related to the USBC acquisition and the acquisitions of
Piper Jaffray Companies Inc. and Northwest Bancshares. Merger and integration
charges of $511.6 million recorded in 1997 were associated with the
acquisition of USBC. Merger and integration charges recorded in 1996 were
associated with the acquisitions of FirsTier, the BankAmerica corporate trust
business, and West One Bancorp, and resizing charges associated with the
Company's streamlining of the branch distribution network and trust
operations. The components of the charges are shown below:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Year Ended December 31
--------------------------------------------
(Dollars in Millions) 1998 1997 1996
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Severance ........................... $ -- $ 232.3 $ 27.4
Premises writedowns ................. -- 77.2 27.4
Systems conversions ................. 236.9 72.7 11.0
Benefit curtailment gains ........... (25.6) -- --
Other merger-related charges* ....... 5.2 129.4 22.3
--------------------------------------------
Total merger, integration and
resizing charges ................. $ 216.5 $ 511.6 $ 88.1
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
* OTHER MERGER-RELATED CHARGES IN 1997 INCLUDED $43.4 MILLION OF CAPITALIZED
SOFTWARE AND OTHER ASSET WRITEDOWNS, $35.0 MILLION OF INVESTMENT BANKING
AND OTHER TRANSACTION COSTS AND $51.0 MILLION OF OTHER MERGER-RELATED
EXPENSES.
The Company determines merger, integration and resizing charges based on
its integration strategy and formulated plans. These plans are established as
of the acquisition date and regularly evaluated during the integration
process. Severance charges include the cost of severance, other benefits, and
outplacement costs associated with the termination of employees primarily in
branch offices and centralized corporate support and data processing
functions. The severance amounts are determined based on the Company's
existing severance pay programs and are paid out over a benefit period of up
to two years from the time of termination. Premise writedowns represent lease
termination costs and impairment of assets for redundant office space,
equipment and branches that will be vacated and disposed of as part of the
integration plan. Systems conversions and other merger-related expenses are
recorded as incurred and are associated with the preparation and mailing of
numerous customer communications for the acquisitions and conversion of
customer accounts, printing and distribution of training materials and policy
and procedure manuals, outside consulting fees, and similar expenses relating
to the conversions and integration of acquired branches and operations. The
following table presents a summary of activity with respect to the Company's
merger, integration and resizing accrual:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(Dollars in Millions) 1998 1997
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C>
Balance at the beginning of the year ............. $ 204.6 $ 33.6
Provision charged to operating expense ........... 216.5 511.6
Cash outlays ..................................... (310.2) (217.1)
Additions related to purchase acquisitions ....... 55.3 --
Noncash writedowns and other ..................... (39.5) (123.5)
----------------------------
Balance at the end of the year ................... $ 126.7 $ 204.6
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
The components of the merger, integration and resizing accrual were as
follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(Dollars in Millions) 1998 1997
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C>
Severance ................................... $ 98.1 $ 158.4
Other employee related costs ................ 7.2 10.3
Lease terminations and facility costs ....... 7.4 14.3
Contracts and system writeoffs .............. 10.4 5.5
Other ....................................... 3.6 16.1
------------------------
Total ....................................... $ 126.7 $ 204.6
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
The Company expects to incur an additional $20 million, pretax, of
merger-related expenses in 1999 related to the Piper Jaffray acquisition.
U.S. Bancorp 55
<PAGE>
NOTE N INCOME TAXES
The components of income tax expense were:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(Dollars in Millions) 1998 1997 1996
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
FEDERAL:
Current tax ...................................................................... $612.9 $435.0 $586.5
Deferred tax provision ........................................................... 28.2 34.9 47.9
-----------------------------------
Federal income tax ............................................................ 641.1 469.9 634.4
STATE:
Current tax ...................................................................... 127.7 79.6 88.2
Deferred tax (credit) provision .................................................. (2.3) 2.7 3.1
-----------------------------------
State income tax .............................................................. 125.4 82.3 91.3
-----------------------------------
Total income tax provision .................................................... $766.5 $552.2 $725.7
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
The reconciliation between income tax expense and the amount computed by
applying the statutory federal income tax rate was as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(Dollars in Millions) 1998 1997 1996
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Tax at statutory rate (35%) ...................................................... $732.9 $486.7 $680.5
State income tax, at statutory rates, net of federal tax benefit ................. 81.5 53.5 59.4
Tax effect of:
Tax-exempt interest:
Loans ...................................................................... (10.9) (13.0) (4.5)
Securities ................................................................. (23.2) (24.0) (33.5)
Amortization of nondeductible goodwill ........................................ 32.5 25.7 39.9
Nondeductible merger and integration charges .................................. -- 39.1 --
Tax credits and other items ................................................... (46.3) (15.8) (16.1)
-----------------------------------
Applicable income taxes .......................................................... $766.5 $552.2 $725.7
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
At December 31, 1998, for income tax purposes, the Company had federal
net operating loss carryforwards of $3.4 million available, which expire in
years 1999 through 2003. In addition, the Company had aggregate state net
operating loss carryforwards of $123.8 million available, which expire in
years 1999 through 2004.
During 1996, the Company received a tax refund of $65 million, including
interest, from the State of Minnesota relating to the exemption of interest
income received on investments in U.S. government securities for the period
1979 to 1983.
Deferred income tax assets and liabilities reflect the tax effect of
temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities
for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for the same items for
income tax reporting purposes.
56 U.S. Bancorp
<PAGE>
Significant components of the Company's deferred tax assets and liabilities
as of December 31 were as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(Dollars in Millions) 1998 1997
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C>
DEFERRED TAX ASSETS:
Loan loss reserves ................................................................................ $ 382.3 $ 385.1
Deferred fees ..................................................................................... 79.8 39.9
Postretirement liability .......................................................................... 69.5 65.0
Real estate and other asset basis differences ..................................................... 31.8 35.7
Accrued severance, pension and retirement benefits ................................................ 28.8 (2.8)
Federal operating loss carryforward ............................................................... 1.2 1.9
Other miscellaneous accruals and reserves ......................................................... 196.9 166.7
---------------------
Gross deferred tax assets ...................................................................... 790.3 691.5
DEFERRED TAX LIABILITIES:
Leasing activities ................................................................................ (401.5) (399.8)
Adjustment of available-for-sale securities to market value ....................................... (44.0) (36.4)
Accelerated depreciation .......................................................................... (19.4) (42.6)
Other investment basis differences ................................................................ (13.4) (8.3)
Other deferred liabilities ........................................................................ (50.7) (96.2)
---------------------
Gross deferred tax liabilities ................................................................. (529.0) (583.3)
---------------------
NET DEFERRED TAX ASSETS ........................................................................... $ 261.3 $ 108.2
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
Realization of the deferred tax asset over time is dependent upon the
existence of taxable income in carryback periods or the Company generating
sufficient taxable earnings in future periods. In determining that
realization of the deferred tax asset was more likely than not, the Company
gave consideration to a number of factors, including its taxable income
during carryback periods, its recent earnings history, its expectations for
earnings in the future and, where applicable, the expiration dates associated
with tax carrybacks and carryforwards.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NOTE O FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS WITH OFF-BALANCE SHEET RISK AND CREDIT
CONCENTRATIONS
In the normal course of business, the Company uses various off-balance sheet
financial instruments to meet the needs of its customers and to manage its
interest rate risk. These instruments carry varying degrees of credit,
interest rate or liquidity risk. The contract or notional amounts of these
financial instruments at December 31 were as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(Dollars in Millions) 1998 1997
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C>
Commitments to extend credit:
Commercial ................................................................................... $25,023 $23,052
Corporate and purchasing cards ............................................................... 24,758 23,502
Consumer credit cards ........................................................................ 14,982 14,236
Other consumer ............................................................................... 7,020 5,779
Letters of credit:
Standby ...................................................................................... 3,241 2,773
Commercial ................................................................................... 309 406
Interest rate swap contracts:
Hedges ....................................................................................... 7,239 5,315
Intermediated ................................................................................ 740 855
Options contracts:
Hedge interest rate floors purchased ......................................................... 500 750
Intermediated interest rate and foreign exchange caps and floors purchased ................... 360 258
Intermediated interest rate and foreign exchange caps and floors written ..................... 360 258
Futures and forward contracts ................................................................... 10 175
Mortgages sold with recourse .................................................................... 52 74
Foreign currency commitments:
Commitments to purchase ...................................................................... 812 716
Commitments to sell .......................................................................... 806 735
Commitments from securities lending ............................................................. 342 --
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
U.S. Bancorp 57
<PAGE>
COMMITMENTS TO EXTEND CREDIT Commitments to extend credit are legally binding
and generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses. The
contractual amount represents the Company's exposure to credit loss, in the
event of default by the borrower. The Company manages this credit risk by
using the same credit policies it applies to loans. Collateral is obtained to
secure commitments based on management's credit assessment of the borrower.
The collateral may include marketable securities, receivables, inventory,
equipment, and real estate. Since the Company expects many of the commitments
to expire without being drawn, total commitment amounts do not necessarily
represent the Company's future liquidity requirements. In addition, the
commitments include consumer credit lines that are cancelable upon
notification to the consumer.
LETTERS OF CREDIT Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments the
Company issues to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party.
The guarantees frequently support public and private borrowing arrangements,
including commercial paper issuances, bond financings, and other similar
transactions. The Company issues commercial letters of credit on behalf of
customers to ensure payment or collection in connection with trade
transactions. In the event of a customer's nonperformance, the Company's
credit loss exposure is the same as in any extension of credit, up to the
letter's contractual amount. Management assesses the borrower's credit to
determine the necessary collateral, which may include marketable securities,
real estate, accounts receivable, and inventory. Since the conditions
requiring the Company to fund letters of credit may not occur, the Company
expects its liquidity requirements to be less than the total outstanding
commitments.
INTEREST RATE OPTIONS AND SWAPS Interest rate swaps are contracts to exchange
fixed and floating rate interest payment obligations based on a notional
principal amount. The Company enters into swaps to hedge its balance sheet
against fluctuations in interest rates and as an intermediary for customers.
At December 31, 1998, and 1997, interest rate swaps totaling $7.2 billion and
$5.3 billion, respectively, hedged loans, deposits and long-term debt.
The Company received fixed rate interest and paid floating rate interest on
all hedges as of December 31, 1998. Activity with respect to interest rate
swap hedges was as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(Dollars in Millions) 1998 1997 1996
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Notional amount outstanding at
beginning of year ................. $ 5,315 $ 3,651 $ 4,306
Additions ............................ 3,140 2,926 890
Maturities ........................... (1,213) (436) (1,208)
Amortization ......................... -- -- (1)
Terminations ......................... (3) (826) (336)
---------------------------------------------
Notional amount outstanding
at end of year .................... $ 7,239 $ 5,315 $ 3,651
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
At December 31:
Weighted average interest
rate paid ......................... 5.53% 5.95% 5.58%
Weighted average interest
rate received ..................... 6.17 6.39 6.35
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
For the hedging portfolio's notional balances and yields by maturity
date as of year-end 1998, see Table 17 on page 32. For a description of the
Company's objectives for using derivative financial instruments, refer to Use
of Derivatives to Manage Interest Rate Risk on pages 32 and 33. Such
information is incorporated by reference into these Notes to Consolidated
Financial Statements.
At December 31, 1998, and 1997, purchased LIBOR based interest rate
floors totaling $500 million with an average remaining maturity of 2.7 years
and $550 million with an average remaining maturity of 5 months,
respectively, hedged floating rate commercial loans. The strike rate on these
LIBOR based floors was 4.63 percent at December 31, 1998, and ranged from
3.25 percent to 4.00 percent at December 31, 1997. At December 31, 1997,
purchased Constant Maturity Treasury (CMT) interest rate floors totaling $200
million with an average remaining maturity of 12 months hedged the prepayment
risk of fixed rate residential mortgage loans. The strike rate on these CMT
floors was 5.60 percent at December 31, 1997. There were no CMT floors
outstanding as of December 31, 1998. The premium on floors is amortized over
the life of the contract. The impact of the floors on net interest income was
not material for the years ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996.
58 U.S. Bancorp
<PAGE>
For swaps and options used as hedges, the Company recognizes interest
income or expense as it is accrued over the terms of the hedge. The gain or
loss on a terminated hedge is amortized over the remaining life of the
original swap or remaining life of the hedged item, whichever is shorter. The
impact of the amortization of deferred gains and losses on hedges on net
interest income was not material for the years ended December 31, 1998, 1997
and 1996. Net unamortized deferred gains were immaterial at December 31, 1998.
In addition to utilizing swaps and options as part of its
asset/liability management strategy, the Company acts as an intermediary for
swap and option agreements on behalf of its customers. To reduce its market
risk exposure, the Company generally enters into offsetting positions. The
total notional amount of customer swap agreements, including the offsetting
positions, was $740 million and $855 million at December 31, 1998, and 1997,
respectively. The total notional amount of customer option agreements,
including the offsetting positions, was $720 million and $516 million at
December 31, 1998, and 1997, respectively. Market value changes on
intermediated swaps, options and futures contracts are recognized in income
in the period of change. Realized gains or losses on intermediated
transactions were not material for the years ended December 31, 1998, 1997
and 1996.
The credit risk related to interest rate swap and option agreements is
that counterparties may be unable to meet the contractual terms. The Company
estimates this risk by calculating the present value of the cost to replace
all outstanding contracts in a gain position at current market rates,
reported on a net basis by each counterparty. At December 31, 1998, and 1997,
the gain position of these contracts, in the aggregate, was approximately
$217 million and $91 million, respectively.
The Company manages the credit risk of its interest rate swap and option
contracts through bilateral collateral agreements, credit approvals, limits,
and monitoring procedures. Commercial lending officers perform credit
analyses and establish counterparty limits. Senior Credit Administration
periodically reviews positions to monitor compliance with the limits. In
addition, the Company reduces the assumed counterparty credit risk through
master netting agreements that permit the Company to settle interest rate
contracts with the same counterparty on a net basis.
FORWARD CONTRACTS AND COMMITMENTS TO SELL MORTGAGE LOANS Forward contracts
are agreements for the delayed delivery of securities or cash settlement
money market instruments. The Company enters into these contracts to hedge
the interest rate risk of its mortgage loans held for sale. At December 31,
1998, and 1997, forward contracts outstanding were $10 million and $175
million, respectively. At December 31, 1998, net unamortized deferred gains
on the forward agreements were not material. The Company manages its credit
risk on forward contracts, which arises from nonperformance by
counterparties, through credit approval and limit procedures.
MORTGAGES SOLD WITH RECOURSE The Company is obligated under recourse
provisions related to the sale of certain residential mortgages. The contract
amount of these mortgages, excluding the Government National Mortgage
Association ("GNMA") agreements, was $52 million at December 31, 1998, and
$74 million at December 31, 1997. Mortgages sold with recourse under
sale/servicing agreements with GNMA totaled $13 million at December 31, 1997.
The Company has secondary recourse obligations under these agreements, but
the liability is not material. There were no mortgages sold with recourse
under sale/servicing agreements with GNMA at December 31, 1998.
FOREIGN CURRENCY COMMITMENTS The Company uses foreign currency commitments to
help customers reduce the risks associated with changes in foreign currency
exchange rates. Through these contracts, the Company exchanges currencies at
specified rates on specified dates with various counterparties. The Company
minimizes the market and liquidity risks by taking offsetting positions. In
addition, the Company controls the market risks by limiting the net exposure
through policies, procedures, and monitoring. The Company manages its credit
risk, or potential risk of loss from default by a counterparty, through
credit limit approval and monitoring procedures. The aggregate replacement
cost of contracts in a gain position at December 31, 1998, was not
significant.
COMMITMENTS FROM SECURITIES LENDING The Company participates in securities
lending activities by acting as a customer's agent involving the loan or sale
of securities. The Company indemnifies customers for the difference between
the market value of the securities lent and the market value of the
collateral received. These transactions are collateralized by cash.
U.S. Bancorp 59
<PAGE>
CREDIT CONCENTRATIONS The Company primarily lends to borrowers in the 17
states where it has banking offices. Approximately 90 percent of the
Company's commercial loans were made to borrowers, representing a diverse
range of industries, in this operating region. Collateral may include
marketable securities, accounts receivable, inventory and equipment.
For detail of the Company's real estate portfolio by property type and
geography as of December 31, 1998, and 1997, see Table 9 on page 25. This
information is incorporated by reference into these Notes to Consolidated
Financial Statements. Such loans are collateralized by the related property.
Approximately 85 percent of the total consumer portfolio consists of
loans to customers in the Company's operating region. Residential mortgages,
home equity, and auto loans are secured, but other consumer loans are
generally not secured. For detail of the Company's consumer loan portfolio
referenced here, see Table 7 on page 24 under the category "Consumer" as of
December 31, 1998, and 1997, which is incorporated by reference into these
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NOTE P FAIR VALUES OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
Financial instruments, both on and off balance sheet, are generally defined
as cash, equity instruments or investments and contractual obligations to pay
or receive cash or another financial instrument. The estimated fair value of
financial instruments is based on quoted market prices. When market quotes
are unavailable, valuation techniques including discounted cash flow
calculations and pricing models or services are used.
Due to the nature of its business and its customers' needs, the Company
offers a large number of financial instruments, most of which are not
actively traded. Accordingly, the Company uses several valuation techniques
and aggregation methods for valuing various products. The Company also uses
various assumptions, such as the discount rate and cash flow timing and
amounts. As a result, the fair value estimates can neither be substantiated
by independent market comparisons, nor realized by the immediate sale or
settlement of the financial instrument. Also, the estimates reflect a point
in time and could change significantly based on changes in economic factors,
such as interest rates. Furthermore, the required disclosures exclude the
estimated values of certain financial instruments and all nonfinancial
instrument cash flows. Finally, the fair value disclosure is not intended to
estimate a market value of the Company as a whole. A summary of the Company's
valuation techniques and assumptions follows.
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS The carrying value of cash, federal funds sold, and
securities under resale agreements was assumed to approximate fair value.
SECURITIES Generally, trading securities and available-for-sale securities
were valued using available market quotes. In some instances, for securities
that are not widely traded, market quotes for comparable securities were used.
LOANS The loan portfolio consists of both variable and fixed rate loans, the
fair value of which was estimated using discounted cash flow analyses and
other valuation techniques. To calculate discounted cash flows, the loans
were aggregated into pools of similar types and expected repayment terms. The
expected cash flows were reduced for estimated historical prepayment
experience. Projected cash flows on nonaccrual loans were further reduced by
the amount of the estimated losses on the portfolio and discounted over an
assumed average remaining life of one to two years.
COMMERCIAL The fixed rate loans in the commercial portfolio (excluding
nonaccrual loans) had a weighted average interest rate of 7.4 percent in 1998
and 7.7 percent in 1997. The duration was 2.3 years in 1998 and 1.7 years in
1997. The floating rate loans had a weighted average interest rate of 7.6
percent in 1998 and 8.3 percent in 1997. The high-grade corporate bond yield
curve was used to arrive at the discount rates applied to these loans.
COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE AND CONSTRUCTION The fixed rate portion of this
portfolio (excluding nonaccrual loans) had a weighted average interest rate
of 8.4 percent, with a duration of 3.4 years in 1998; and a weighted average
interest rate of 8.8 percent, with a duration of 3.1 years in 1997. The
floating rate loans (excluding nonaccrual loans) had a weighted average
interest rate of 8.2 percent in 1998 and 8.7 percent in 1997. The high-grade
corporate bond yield curve was used to arrive at the discount rates applied
to these loans.
60 U.S. Bancorp
<PAGE>
RESIDENTIAL FIRST MORTGAGES These loans were segregated into pools of similar
coupons and maturities. The pools were matched to similar mortgage-backed
securities, and market quotes were obtained. The estimated value also
reflects the related fair value of mortgage servicing rights, which was
calculated using a discounted cash flow analysis. The fixed rate portion of
this portfolio had a weighted average interest rate of 7.5 percent in 1998
and 7.7 percent in 1997. The duration was 1.8 years in 1998 and 2.1 years in
1997.
CONSUMER INSTALLMENT The fair value of the consumer installment portfolio was
based on an approach the Company uses in evaluating potential acquisitions.
Prepayment assumptions ranging from 29 to 37 percent were applied to
scheduled cash flows, based on the Company's experience. On the fixed rate
portion, the weighted average rate was 8.8 percent in 1998 and 9.3 percent in
1997. The duration was 1.5 years in 1998 and 1.6 years in 1997. The floating
rate portion of the consumer installment portfolio had a weighted average
interest rate of 7.5 percent in 1998 and 7.9 percent in 1997.
REVOLVING HOME EQUITY LINES, SECOND MORTGAGES AND CONSUMER LINES The fair
value of revolving home equity lines, second mortgages, and consumer lines
was based on the approach the Company uses in evaluating potential
acquisitions of similar portfolios. In 1998, estimated net income adjusted
for account attrition was discounted using an estimated cost of capital of
11.0 percent for secured lines and loans and 13.3 percent for unsecured. In
1997, the estimated cost of capital was 9.9 percent for secured and 13.1
percent for unsecured. The home equity lines had a weighted average interest
rate of 8.8 percent in 1998 and 9.8 percent in 1997. Fixed rate second
mortgages had a weighted average interest rate of 10.0 percent in 1998 and
9.7 percent in 1997. The duration was 1.8 years in 1998 and 2.7 years in
1997. Retail credit cards had a weighted average interest rate of 11.6
percent in 1998 and 11.8 percent in 1997, with a duration of 1.8 years in
1998 and 2.0 years in 1997. Other revolving lines had a weighted average
interest rate of 11.8 percent in 1998 and 12.3 percent in 1997.
CORE DEPOSIT INTANGIBLE Core deposits provide a stable, low-cost source of
funds that can be invested to earn a return that exceeds their cost. The fair
value of the Company's core deposit intangible was calculated using a
discounted cash flow model that estimates the present value of the difference
between the ongoing cost of the core deposits and alternative funds at
current market rates.
DEPOSIT LIABILITIES The fair value of demand deposits, savings accounts, and
certain money market deposits is equal to the amount payable on demand at
year-end. Fair values for fixed rate certificates of deposit were estimated
using a discounted cash flow analysis based on the discount rates implied by
the high-grade corporate bond yield curve.
SHORT-TERM BORROWINGS Federal funds purchased, borrowings under repurchase
agreements, and other short-term borrowings are at variable rates or have
short-term maturities. Their carrying value is assumed to approximate their
fair value.
LONG-TERM DEBT AND COMPANY-OBLIGATED MANDATORILY REDEEMABLE PREFERRED
SECURITIES OF SUBSIDIARY TRUSTS HOLDING SOLELY THE JUNIOR SUBORDINATED
DEBENTURES OF THE PARENT COMPANY Medium-term notes, bank notes, Federal Home
Loan Bank Advances, capital lease obligations, and mortgage note obligations
totaled $10,138 million in 1998 and $7,725 million in 1997. Their estimated
fair value was determined using a discounted cash flow analysis based on
current market rates of similar maturity debt securities to discount cash
flows. Other long-term debt instruments and company-obligated mandatorily
redeemable preferred securities of subsidiary trusts holding solely the
junior subordinated debentures of the parent company were valued using
available market quotes.
INTEREST RATE SWAPS, OPTIONS, FLOORS, AND CAPS The interest rate options and
swap cash flows were estimated using a third party pricing model and
discounted based on appropriate LIBOR, Eurodollar future, and Treasury Note
yield curves.
LOAN COMMITMENTS, LETTERS OF CREDIT AND GUARANTEES The Company's commitments
have variable rates and do not expose the Company to interest rate risk. No
premium or discount was ascribed to the loan commitments because virtually
all funding would be at current market rates.
U.S. Bancorp 61
<PAGE>
The estimated fair values of the Company's financial instruments are shown in
the table below.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997
---------------------------------------------------
Carrying Fair Carrying Fair
(Dollars in Millions) Amount Value Amount Value
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
FINANCIAL ASSETS:
Cash and due from banks .......................................... $ 4,772 $ 4,772 $ 4,739 $ 4,739
Federal funds sold and resale agreements ......................... 544 544 692 692
Trading account securities ....................................... 537 537 195 195
Available-for-sale securities .................................... 5,577 5,577 6,885 6,885
Loans:
Commercial:
Commercial ................................................. 25,974 26,767 23,399 24,286
Commercial real estate and construction .................... 11,262 12,080 10,384 11,349
Consumer:
Residential mortgage ....................................... 3,124 3,220 4,038 4,192
Residential mortgage held for sale ......................... 36 36 193 194
Home equity and second mortgage ............................ 7,409 7,608 5,815 5,986
Credit card and revolving credit ........................... 5,907 6,189 5,767 6,031
Other consumer installment ................................. 5,410 5,495 5,112 5,185
Allowance for credit losses ................................... (1,001) -- (1,009) --
--------------------------------------------------
Net loans .................................................. 58,121 61,395 53,699 57,223
--------------------------------------------------
Total financial assets ..................................... 69,551 72,825 66,210 69,734
NONFINANCIAL ASSETS:
Core deposit intangible .......................................... 145 1,349 160 1,400
Mortgage servicing portfolio ..................................... -- -- 19 22
--------------------------------------------------
Total ...................................................... 69,696 $74,174 66,389 $71,156
------- -------
Other assets ..................................................... 6,742 4,906
------- -------
Total assets ............................................... $76,438 $71,295
------- -------
FINANCIAL LIABILITIES:
Deposits:
Noninterest-bearing ........................................... $16,377 $16,377 $14,544 $14,544
Interest-bearing checking and other savings ................... 30,834 30,834 31,199 31,199
Time deposits > $100,000 ...................................... 2,823 2,854 3,284 3,313
--------------------------------------------------
Total deposits ............................................. 50,034 50,065 49,027 49,056
Federal funds purchased .......................................... 1,255 1,255 800 800
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase ................... 1,427 1,427 1,518 1,518
Other short-term funds borrowed .................................. 683 683 974 974
Long-term debt ................................................... 13,781 14,046 10,247 10,416
Company-obligated mandatorily redeemable preferred securities
of subsidiary trusts holding solely the junior subordinated
debentures of the parent company .............................. 950 1,030 600 636
--------------------------------------------------
Total financial liabilities ................................ 68,130 $68,506 63,166 $63,400
------- -------
NONFINANCIAL LIABILITIES ............................................ 2,338 2,239
SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY ................................................ 5,970 5,890
------- -------
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity ................. $76,438 $71,295
------- -------
Off-Balance Sheet Financial Instruments:
Unrecognized gain on interest rate swaps and options ............. N/A $ 193 N/A $ 80
Unrecognized loss on interest rate swaps and options ............. N/A 7 N/A 12
Loan commitments ................................................. N/A -- N/A --
Letters of credit ................................................ N/A -- N/A --
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
62 U.S. Bancorp
<PAGE>
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NOTE Q COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENT LIABILITIES
Rental expense for operating leases amounted to $121.0 million in 1998,
$114.6 million in 1997, and $116.1 million in 1996. Future minimum payments,
net of sublease rentals, under capitalized leases and noncancelable operating
leases with initial or remaining terms of one year or more, consisted of the
following at December 31, 1998:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Capitalized Operating
(Dollars in Millions) Leases Leases
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C>
1999 ................................................ $ 9.6 $112.6
2000 ................................................ 9.5 103.6
2001 ................................................ 9.5 102.9
2002 ................................................ 8.0 91.6
2003 ................................................ 6.0 77.4
Thereafter .......................................... 58.4 435.6
--------------------
Total minimum lease payments ........................ 101.0 $923.7
------
Less amount representing interest ................... 45.7
------
Present value of net minimum lease payments ......... $ 55.3
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
Various legal proceedings are currently pending against the Company. Due
to their complex nature, it may be years before some matters are resolved. In
the opinion of management, the aggregate liability, if any, will not have a
material adverse effect on the Company's financial position, liquidity or
results of operations.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NOTE R SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET Time certificates of deposit in denominations of
$100,000 or more totaled $2,823 million and $3,284 million at December 31,
1998 and 1997, respectively.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS Listed below are supplemental
disclosures to the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Year Ended December 31 (Dollars in Millions) 1998 1997 1996
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Income taxes paid ............................................................... $ 552.8 $ 464.3 $ 508.6
Interest paid ................................................................... 2,324.1 2,226.5 2,137.0
Net noncash transfers to foreclosed property .................................... 25.0 46.8 97.0
Change in unrealized gain (loss) on available-for-sale
securities, net of taxes of $7.6 in 1998,
$32.9 in 1997 and $16.5 in 1996 .............................................. 12.5 54.6 (27.2)
---------------------------------------
Cash acquisitions of businesses:
Fair value of noncash assets acquired ........................................ $ 2,249.7 $ 194.6 $ 38.3
Liabilities assumed .......................................................... (1,469.5) (171.0) --
---------------------------------------
Net ....................................................................... $ 780.2 $ 23.6 $ 38.3
---------------------------------------
Stock acquisitions of businesses:
Fair value of noncash assets acquired ........................................ $ -- $ 451.9 $ 5,284.9
Net cash acquired ............................................................ -- 43.2 245.8
Liabilities assumed .......................................................... -- (407.7) (4,493.9)
---------------------------------------
Net value of common stock issued .......................................... $ -- $ 87.4 $ 1,036.8
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
REGULATORY CAPITAL The measures used to assess capital include the capital
ratios established by bank regulatory agencies, including the specific ratios
for the "well capitalized" designation. For a description of the regulatory
capital requirements and the actual ratios as of December 31, 1998, for the
Company and its significant bank subsidiaries, see Tables 19 and 20 from which
such information is incorporated by reference into these Notes to Consolidated
Financial Statements.
U.S. Bancorp 63
<PAGE>
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NOTE S U.S. BANCORP (PARENT COMPANY)
CONDENSED BALANCE SHEET
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
December 31 (Dollars in Millions) 1998 1997
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C>
ASSETS
Deposits with subsidiary banks, principally interest-bearing ...................... $ 604 $ 489
Available-for-sale securities ..................................................... 172 180
Investments in:
Bank affiliates ................................................................ 6,673 6,396
Nonbank affiliates ............................................................. 610 178
Advances to:
Bank affiliates ................................................................ 991 1,293
Nonbank affiliates ............................................................. 976 147
Other assets ...................................................................... 996 791
---------------------
Total assets ................................................................ $11,022 $9,474
---------------------
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
Short-term funds borrowed ......................................................... $ 48 $ --
Advances from subsidiaries ........................................................ 46 19
Long-term debt .................................................................... 3,474 2,410
Junior subordinated debentures issued to subsidiary trusts ........................ 979 618
Other liabilities.................................................................. 505 537
Shareholders' equity .............................................................. 5,970 5,890
---------------------
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity .................................. $11,022 $9,474
</TABLE>
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CONDENSED STATEMENT OF INCOME
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Year Ended December 31 (Dollars in Millions) 1998 1997 1996
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
INCOME
Dividends from subsidiaries (including $1,290.0, $441.2
and $1,269.4 from bank subsidiaries) .......................................... $1,387.1 $488.9 $1,334.0
Interest from subsidiaries ........................................................ 159.3 139.8 97.6
Service and management fees from subsidiaries ..................................... 240.4 201.7 204.9
Other income ...................................................................... 119.7 75.7 299.0
-------------------------------------
Total income ................................................................ 1,906.5 906.1 1,935.5
EXPENSES
Interest on short-term funds borrowed ............................................. 16.9 13.8 17.4
Interest on long-term debt ........................................................ 187.2 180.0 154.7
Interest on junior subordinated debentures issued to subsidiary trusts ............ 70.1 50.7 2.8
Operating expenses paid to subsidiaries ........................................... 78.9 3.4 19.2
Merger, integration, and resizing ................................................. 25.6 251.5 13.0
Other expenses .................................................................... 197.9 245.1 246.0
-------------------------------------
Total expenses .............................................................. 576.6 744.5 453.1
-------------------------------------
Income before income taxes and equity in undistributed income of subsidiaries ..... 1,329.9 161.6 1,482.4
Income tax (credit) expense ....................................................... (71.0) (65.7) 68.3
-------------------------------------
Income of parent company .......................................................... 1,400.9 227.3 1,414.1
Equity (deficiency) in undistributed income of subsidiaries:
Bank affiliates ................................................................ (101.6) 584.7 (161.4)
Nonbank affiliates ............................................................. 28.1 26.5 (34.0)
-------------------------------------
(73.5) 611.2 (195.4)
-------------------------------------
Net income .................................................................. $1,327.4 $838.5 $1,218.7
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
64 U.S. Bancorp
<PAGE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CONDENSED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Year Ended December 31 (Dollars in Millions) 1998 1997 1996
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net income ........................................................................ $ 1,327.4 $ 838.5 $ 1,218.7
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided
by operating activities:
(Equity) deficiency in undistributed income of subsidiaries .................... 73.5 (611.2) 195.4
Gains on available-for-sale securities ......................................... (12.5) (1.7) (37.5)
Depreciation and amortization of premises and equipment ........................ 12.9 17.1 19.2
Provision (credit) for deferred income taxes ................................... 4.4 (5.3) (5.2)
Amortization of goodwill and other intangible assets ........................... 11.0 13.5 20.1
(Increase) decrease in accrued receivables ..................................... (3.9) 4.9 165.9
(Decrease) increase in accrued liabilities ..................................... (124.0) (13.9) 163.6
Other - net........................................................................ (67.0) (73.9) (115.0)
--------------------------------------
Net cash provided by operating activities ................................... 1,221.8 168.0 1,625.2
INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Securities transactions:
Sales and maturities ........................................................... 83.0 142.4 230.8
Purchases ...................................................................... (59.9) (140.2) (73.9)
Investments in subsidiaries ....................................................... (1,114.6) (221.2) (27.9)
Equity distributions from subsidiaries ............................................ 325.0 769.5 304.6
Net (increase) decrease in short-term advances to affiliates ...................... (496.5) 521.6 (91.9)
Long-term advances made to affiliates ............................................. (330.0) (80.0) (868.5)
Principal collected on long-term advances made to affiliates ...................... 295.0 -- 33.5
Other - net ....................................................................... (6.8) 30.8 (22.3)
--------------------------------------
Net cash (used) provided by investing activities ............................ (1,304.8) 1,022.9 (515.6)
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Net increase (decrease) in short-term advances from subsidiaries .................. 21.4 (9.9) (17.1)
Net increase (decrease) in short-term funds borrowed .............................. 47.7 (161.3) (67.0)
Proceeds from long-term debt ...................................................... 1,218.3 307.0 552.5
Principal payments on long-term debt .............................................. (190.5) (331.6) (299.9)
Issuance of junior subordinated debentures to subsidiary trusts ................... 360.8 -- 618.6
Redemption of preferred stock ..................................................... -- (150.0) --
Proceeds from dividend reinvestment, stock option, and stock purchase plans ....... 220.4 183.5 108.6
Repurchase of common stock ........................................................ (964.0) (431.0) (1,490.1)
Cash dividends .................................................................... (516.4) (456.3) (414.8)
--------------------------------------
Net cash provided (used) by financing activities ............................ 197.7 (1,049.6) (1,009.2)
--------------------------------------
Change in cash and cash equivalents ......................................... 114.7 141.3 100.4
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year .................................... 489.5 348.2 247.8
--------------------------------------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year .................................... $ 604.2 $ 489.5 $ 348.2
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
Transfer of funds (dividends, loans or advances) from bank subsidiaries
to the Company is restricted. Federal law prohibits loans unless they are
secured and generally limits any loan to the Company or individual affiliate
to 10 percent of the bank's equity. In aggregate, loans to the Company and
all affiliates cannot exceed 20 percent of the bank's equity.
Dividend payments to the Company by its subsidiary banks are subject to
regulatory review and statutory limitations and, in some instances,
regulatory approval. The approval of the Comptroller of the Currency is
required if total dividends by a national bank in any calendar year exceed
the bank's net income for that year combined with its retained net income for
the preceding two calendar years or if the bank's retained earnings are less
than zero. Furthermore, dividends are restricted by the Comptroller of the
Currency's minimum capital constraints for all national banks. Within these
guidelines, all bank subsidiaries have the ability to pay dividends without
prior regulatory approval.
U.S. Bancorp 65
<PAGE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REPORT OF MANAGEMENT
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The financial statements of U.S. Bancorp were prepared by management, which
is responsible for their integrity and objectivity. The statements have been
prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles
appropriate in the circumstances and include amounts that are based on
management's best estimates and judgment. All financial information
throughout the annual report is consistent with that in the financial
statements.
The Company maintains accounting and internal control systems that are
believed to provide reasonable assurance that assets are safeguarded and
transactions are properly authorized and recorded. To test compliance, the
Company carries out an extensive audit program. This program includes a
review for compliance with written policies and procedures and a
comprehensive review of the adequacy and effectiveness of internal control
systems. However, there are limits inherent in all systems of internal
accounting control and management recognizes that errors or irregularities
may occur. Based on the recognition that the costs of such systems should not
exceed the benefits to be derived, management believes the Company's system
provides an appropriate cost/benefit balance.
The Company's independent auditors, Ernst & Young LLP, have been engaged
to render an opinion on the financial statements and to assist in carrying
out the audit program described above. Their opinion on the financial
statements is based on procedures performed in accordance with generally
accepted auditing standards, including tests of the accounting records to the
extent necessary to allow them to report on the fairness of the financial
statements. Ernst & Young LLP has full access to the Audit Committee and the
Board of Directors.
The management of the Company is committed to and has always maintained
and enforced a philosophy of high ethical standards in the conduct of its
business. Written policies covering conflicts of interest and other subjects
are formulated in a Code of Ethics which is uniformly applicable to all
officers and employees of the Company.
/s/ JOHN F. GRUNDHOFER
JOHN F. GRUNDHOFER
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer
/s/ SUSAN E. LESTER
SUSAN E. LESTER
Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The Board of Directors and Shareholders
U.S. Bancorp
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of U.S. Bancorp
and subsidiaries as of December 31, 1998 and 1997, and the related
consolidated statements of income, shareholders' equity and cash flows for
each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1998. These
financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based
on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to
obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free
of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis,
evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.
An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and
significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall
financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a
reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present
fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of U.S.
Bancorp and subsidiaries at December 31, 1998 and 1997, and the consolidated
results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years
in the period ended December 31, 1998, in conformity with generally accepted
accounting principles.
/s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP
Minneapolis, Minnesota
January 20, 1999
66 U.S. Bancorp
<PAGE>
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET -- FIVE-YEAR SUMMARY
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
% Change
December 31 (Dollars In Millions) 1998 1997 1996 1995 1994 1997-1998
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
ASSETS
Cash and due from banks ............................... $ 4,772 $ 4,739 $ 4,813 $ 4,253 $ 3,828 .7%
Federal funds sold and resale agreements .............. 544 692 898 771 1,012 (21.4)
Trading account securities ............................ 537 195 231 366 215 *
Held-to-maturity securities ........................... -- -- 797 865 1,986 *
Available-for-sale securities:
U.S. Treasury ...................................... 500 628 1,028 1,686 2,106 (20.4)
Mortgage-backed .................................... 3,438 4,366 4,104 3,218 4,051 (21.3)
State and political ................................ 1,255 1,331 573 271 181 (5.7)
U.S. agencies and other ............................ 384 560 768 1,248 1,267 (31.4)
-----------------------------------------------------
Total securities ................................ 5,577 6,885 6,473 6,423 7,605 (19.0)
Loans ................................................. 59,122 54,708 52,355 49,345 46,375 8.1
Less allowance for credit losses ................... 1,001 1,009 993 908 863 (.8)
-----------------------------------------------------
Net loans ....................................... 58,121 53,699 51,362 48,437 45,512 8.2
Other assets .......................................... 6,887 5,085 5,175 4,553 4,579 35.4
-----------------------------------------------------
Total assets ................................. $76,438 $71,295 $69,749 $65,668 $64,737 7.2%
-----------------------------------------------------
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
Deposits:
Noninterest-bearing ................................ $16,377 $14,544 $14,344 $12,367 $11,353 12.6%
Interest-bearing ................................... 33,657 34,483 35,012 33,412 34,762 (2.4)
-----------------------------------------------------
Total deposits .................................. 50,034 49,027 49,356 45,779 46,115 2.1
Short-term borrowings ................................. 3,365 3,292 6,592 7,984 7,501 2.2
Long-term debt ........................................ 13,781 10,247 5,369 4,583 4,225 34.5
Company-obligated mandatorily redeemable
preferred securities of subsidiary trusts
holding solely the junior subordinated
debentures of the parent company ................... 950 600 600 -- -- 58.3
Other liabilities ..................................... 2,338 2,239 2,069 1,980 1,791 4.4
-----------------------------------------------------
Total liabilities ............................ 70,468 65,405 63,986 60,326 59,632 7.7
Shareholders' equity .................................. 5,970 5,890 5,763 5,342 5,105 1.4
-----------------------------------------------------
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity ... $76,438 $71,295 $69,749 $65,668 $64,737 7.2%
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
*NOT MEANINGFUL
U.S. Bancorp 67
<PAGE>
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF INCOME -- FIVE-YEAR SUMMARY
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
% Change
Year Ended December 31 (Dollars in Millions) 1998 1997 1996 1995 1994 1997-1998
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
INTEREST INCOME
Loans .................................................. $4,921.8 $4,784.5 $4,537.7 $4,373.4 $3,686.6 2.9%
Securities:
Taxable ............................................. 303.6 371.5 420.5 420.3 535.1 (18.3)
Exempt from federal income taxes .................... 62.8 68.1 71.0 59.8 62.8 (7.8)
Other interest income .................................. 119.2 69.5 85.2 67.3 63.5 71.5
------------------------------------------------------
Total interest income ............................ 5,407.4 5,293.6 5,114.4 4,920.8 4,348.0 2.1
INTEREST EXPENSE
Deposits ............................................... 1,391.0 1,436.8 1,441.3 1,416.7 1,121.1 (3.2)
Federal funds purchased and repurchase agreements ...... 153.6 183.0 197.9 218.2 190.8 (16.1)
Other short-term funds borrowed ........................ 59.1 117.6 198.0 189.8 68.3 (49.7)
Long-term debt ......................................... 672.7 459.0 303.8 273.4 227.2 46.6
Company-obligated mandatorily redeemable
preferred securities of subsidiary trusts
holding solely the junior subordinated
debentures of the parent company .................... 70.4 49.1 2.8 -- -- 43.4
------------------------------------------------------
Total interest expense ........................... 2,346.8 2,245.5 2,143.8 2,098.1 1,607.4 4.5
------------------------------------------------------
Net interest income .................................... 3,060.6 3,048.1 2,970.6 2,822.7 2,740.6 .4
Provision for credit losses ............................ 379.0 460.3 271.2 239.1 243.7 (17.7)
------------------------------------------------------
Net interest income after provision
for credit losses ................................... 2,681.6 2,587.8 2,699.4 2,583.6 2,496.9 3.6
NONINTEREST INCOME
Credit card fee revenue ................................ 574.8 418.8 351.5 303.9 248.9 37.2
Trust and investment management fees ................... 413.0 348.0 302.3 241.1 224.5 18.7
Service charges on deposit accounts .................... 406.0 396.2 377.2 345.0 346.7 2.5
Investment products fees and commissions ............... 229.7 65.7 59.7 49.8 56.4 *
Trading account profits and commissions ................ 118.1 30.9 29.0 28.5 24.7 *
Investment banking revenue ............................. 100.4 -- -- -- -- *
Securities gains (losses) .............................. 12.6 3.6 20.8 3.0 (124.2) *
Gain on sale of mortgage banking operations,
branches and other assets ........................... -- 9.4 71.4 39.9 62.9 *
Termination fee ........................................ -- -- 190.0 -- -- *
State income tax refund ................................ -- -- 65.0 -- -- *
Other .................................................. 402.0 342.6 316.2 302.1 275.0 17.3
------------------------------------------------------
Total noninterest income ......................... 2,256.6 1,615.2 1,783.1 1,313.3 1,114.9 39.7
NONINTEREST EXPENSE
Salaries ............................................... 1,210.9 969.3 964.5 927.5 974.9 24.9
Employee benefits ...................................... 222.3 217.4 220.3 209.9 224.4 2.3
Net occupancy .......................................... 187.4 182.0 179.4 183.4 190.7 3.0
Furniture and equipment ................................ 153.4 165.4 175.2 184.5 184.4 (7.3)
Goodwill and other intangible assets ................... 143.7 113.3 130.1 76.0 72.5 26.8
Professional services .................................. 71.3 70.3 58.0 59.2 65.9 1.4
Other personnel costs .................................. 53.0 66.6 83.4 62.4 60.8 (20.4)
Merger, integration, and resizing ...................... 216.5 511.6 88.1 98.9 222.7 (57.7)
SAIF special assessment ................................ -- -- 61.3 -- -- *
Other .................................................. 585.8 516.4 577.8 674.1 735.8 13.4
------------------------------------------------------
Total noninterest expense ........................ 2,844.3 2,812.3 2,538.1 2,475.9 2,732.1 1.1
------------------------------------------------------
Income from continuing operations before income taxes .. 2,093.9 1,390.7 1,944.4 1,421.0 879.7 50.6
Applicable income taxes ................................ 766.5 552.2 725.7 523.9 311.5 38.8
------------------------------------------------------
Income from continuing operations ...................... 1,327.4 838.5 1,218.7 897.1 568.2 58.3
Loss from discontinued operations ...................... -- -- -- -- (8.5) *
------------------------------------------------------
Net income ............................................. $1,327.4 $ 838.5 $1,218.7 $ 897.1 $ 559.7 58.3%
------------------------------------------------------------------
Net income applicable to common equity ................. $1,327.4 $ 827.9 $1,200.3 $ 877.4 $ 534.9 60.3%
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
*NOT MEANINGFUL
68 U.S. Bancorp
<PAGE>
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
QUARTERLY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997
------------------------------------ -----------------------------------
Fourth Third Second First Fourth Third Second First
(Dollars in Millions, Except Per Share Data) Quarter Quarter Quarter Quarter Quarter Quarter Quarter Quarter
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
INTEREST INCOME
Loans .......................................... $1,245.2 $1,246.8 $1,225.6 $1,204.2 $1,222.6 $1,211.1 $1,197.6 $1,153.2
Securities:
Taxable ..................................... 68.2 71.4 78.2 85.8 90.5 89.0 95.4 96.6
Exempt from federal income taxes ............ 15.5 15.6 15.6 16.1 16.6 16.8 17.4 17.3
Other interest income .......................... 34.0 36.0 30.2 19.0 18.8 15.2 18.4 17.1
------------------------------------ -----------------------------------
Total interest income ................... 1,362.9 1,369.8 1,349.6 1,325.1 1,348.5 1,332.1 1,328.8 1,284.2
INTEREST EXPENSE
Deposits ....................................... 332.4 351.3 352.2 355.1 359.1 362.3 363.6 351.8
Federal funds purchased and repurchase
agreements .................................. 36.3 41.9 41.8 33.6 42.4 41.9 50.8 47.9
Other short-term funds borrowed ................ 13.9 18.1 14.3 12.8 19.4 28.2 33.1 36.9
Long-term debt ................................. 186.7 171.8 157.8 156.4 144.4 122.1 104.2 88.3
Company-obligated mandatorily redeemable
preferred securities of subsidiary
trusts holding solely the junior subordinated
debentures of the parent company ............ 19.3 20.3 18.5 12.3 12.2 12.3 12.3 12.3
------------------------------------ -----------------------------------
Total interest expense ................... 588.6 603.4 584.6 570.2 577.5 566.8 564.0 537.2
------------------------------------ -----------------------------------
Net interest income ............................ 774.3 766.4 765.0 754.9 771.0 765.3 764.8 747.0
Provision for credit losses .................... 101.0 95.0 93.0 90.0 90.0 185.0 101.1 84.2
------------------------------------ -----------------------------------
Net interest income after provision
for credit losses ........................... 673.3 671.4 672.0 664.9 681.0 580.3 663.7 662.8
NONINTEREST INCOME
Credit card fee revenue ........................ 144.3 156.1 147.6 126.8 123.1 106.2 98.8 90.7
Trust and investment management fees ........... 105.3 104.8 108.0 94.9 88.8 87.4 87.2 84.6
Service charges on deposit accounts ............ 107.0 101.7 99.4 97.9 101.2 102.2 97.4 95.4
Investment products fees and commissions ....... 78.0 76.0 57.5 18.2 16.7 16.5 16.7 15.8
Trading account profits and commissions ........ 40.2 42.8 28.0 7.1 7.1 6.5 6.8 10.5
Investment banking revenue ..................... 33.1 38.3 29.0 -- -- -- -- --
Securities gains ............................... -- -- -- 12.6 -- -- 1.9 1.7
Gain on sale of credit card portfolio .......... -- -- -- -- -- 9.4 -- --
Other .......................................... 112.2 97.2 91.6 101.0 83.6 81.5 98.7 78.8
------------------------------------ -----------------------------------
Total noninterest income ................. 620.1 616.9 561.1 458.5 420.5 409.7 407.5 377.5
NONINTEREST EXPENSE
Salaries ....................................... 328.4 339.6 303.3 239.6 239.6 242.2 246.9 240.6
Employee benefits .............................. 53.7 55.7 58.8 54.1 49.9 49.2 57.2 61.1
Net occupancy .................................. 46.8 49.2 47.9 43.5 45.7 45.3 45.2 45.8
Furniture and equipment ........................ 39.0 39.4 39.6 35.4 38.0 40.4 44.2 42.8
Goodwill and other intangible assets ........... 37.2 37.1 36.0 33.4 31.0 29.1 25.8 27.4
Professional services .......................... 26.4 18.3 15.3 11.3 22.8 18.9 15.1 13.5
Other personnel costs .......................... 12.7 10.4 16.8 13.1 19.5 14.3 16.4 16.4
Merger-related ................................. 44.1 66.4 59.5 46.5 71.4 440.2 -- --
Other .......................................... 157.0 152.7 147.4 128.7 126.3 123.5 138.7 127.9
------------------------------------ -----------------------------------
Total noninterest expense ................ 745.3 768.8 724.6 605.6 644.2 1,003.1 589.5 575.5
------------------------------------ -----------------------------------
Income before income taxes ..................... 548.1 519.5 508.5 517.8 457.3 (13.1) 481.7 464.8
Applicable income taxes ........................ 198.9 190.4 187.9 189.3 168.4 34.5 177.8 171.5
------------------------------------ -----------------------------------
Net income (loss) .............................. $ 349.2 $ 329.1 $ 320.6 $ 328.5 $ 288.9 $ (47.6) $ 303.9 $ 293.3
------------------------------------ -----------------------------------
Net income (loss) applicable to
common equity ............................... $ 349.2 $ 329.1 $ 320.6 $ 328.5 $ 287.5 $ (50.7) $ 300.8 $ 290.3
------------------------------------ -----------------------------------
Earnings (loss) per share ...................... $ .48 $ .45 $ .43 $ .44 $ .39 $ (.07) $ .41 $ .39
Diluted earnings (loss) per share .............. $ .48 $ .44 $ .43 $ .44 $ .39 $ (.07) $ .41 $ .39
SELECTED AVERAGE BALANCES
Loans .......................................... $ 57,648 $ 56,174 $ 55,400 $ 54,657 $ 54,386 $ 53,690 $53,515 $52,438
Earning assets ................................. 65,380 63,994 63,494 62,572 62,365 61,541 61,859 60,886
Total assets ................................... 73,767 72,083 71,446 69,821 69,861 68,423 68,877 67,890
Deposits ....................................... 47,596 47,000 47,426 47,287 47,468 47,035 47,688 47,160
Long-term debt ................................. 13,081 11,658 10,564 10,534 9,534 8,008 6,768 5,751
Common equity .................................. 5,875 6,100 6,186 6,036 5,698 5,736 5,616 5,615
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
U.S. Bancorp 69
<PAGE>
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CONSOLIDATED DAILY AVERAGE BALANCE SHEET AND RELATED YIELDS AND RATES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Year Ended December 31 1998 1997
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Yields Yields
(Dollars in Millions) Balance Interest and Rates Balance Interest and Rates
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
ASSETS
Available-for-sale securities:
U.S. Treasury ................ $ 565 $ 32.8 5.81% $ 734 $ 42.7 5.82%
Mortgage-backed .............. 3,667 247.1 6.74 4,239 290.5 6.85
State and political .......... 1,260 98.2 7.79 889 69.8 7.85
U.S. agencies and other ...... 403 21.9 5.43 595 36.1 6.07
----------------- --------------------
Total available-for-sale
securities.............. 5,895 400.0 6.79 6,457 439.1 6.80
Unrealized gain (loss) on
available-for-sale securities.. 97 3
------- ------
Net available-for-sale
securities.............. 5,992 6,460
Held-to-maturity securities .... -- -- -- 449 35.5 7.91
Trading account securities ..... 290 18.7 6.45 168 9.7 5.77
Federal funds sold and resale
agreements..................... 667 35.0 5.25 577 31.6 5.48
Loans:
Commercial:
Commercial .............. 24,608 1,945.7 7.91 22,466 1,829.8 8.14
Real estate:
Commercial mortgage. 8,129 712.8 8.77 8,037 728.5 9.06
Construction ....... 2,652 240.1 9.05 2,255 216.9 9.62
----------------- --------------------
Total commercial ... 35,389 2,898.6 8.19 32,758 2,775.2 8.47
Consumer:
Home equity and second
mortgage................ 6,130 585.0 9.54 5,555 532.6 9.59
Credit card ............. 4,021 508.3 12.64 3,702 462.9 12.50
Other ................... 6,803 656.0 9.64 6,894 673.2 9.77
----------------- --------------------
Subtotal ........... 16,954 1,749.3 10.32 16,151 1,668.7 10.33
Residential mortgage .... 3,534 282.5 7.99 4,439 350.9 7.90
Residential mortgage held
for sale................ 102 7.1 6.96 165 12.4 7.52
----------------- --------------------
Total consumer ..... 20,590 2.038.9 9.90 20,755 2,032.0 9.79
----------------- --------------------
Total loans ........ 55,979 4,937.5 8.82 53,513 4,807.2 8.98
Allowance for credit losses .. 997 998
------- -------
Net loans ............... 54,982 52,515
Other earning assets ........... 1,037 67.5 6.51 511 28.4 5.56
----------------- --------------------
Total earning
assets* ........... 63,868 5,458.7 8.55 61,675 5,351.5 8.68
Other assets ................... 8,823 8,091
------- -------
Total assets ....... $71,791 $68,771
------- -------
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS'
EQUITY
Noninterest-bearing deposits ... $13,497 $12,680
Interest-bearing deposits:
Interest checking ....... 5,754 104.2 1.81 5,561 92.2 1.66
Money market accounts ... 11,201 437.9 3.91 10,440 401.9 3.85
Other savings accounts .. 2,465 51.2 2.08 2,799 61.2 2.19
Savings certificates .... 11,309 616.8 5.45 12,278 668.9 5.45
Certificates over
$100,000 ............... 3,101 180.9 5.83 3,578 212.6 5.94
----------------- --------------------
Total interest-
bearing deposits... 33,830 1,391.0 4.11 34,656 1,436.8 4.15
Short-term borrowings .......... 3,733 212.7 5.70 5,314 300.6 5.66
Long-term debt ................. 11,481 672.7 5.86 7,527 459.0 6.10
Company-obligated mandatorily
redeemable preferred
securities..................... 864 70.4 8.15 600 49.1 8.18
----------------- --------------------
Total interest-
bearing
liabilities ....... 49,908 2,346.8 4.70 48,097 2,245.5 4.67
Other liabilities .............. 2,337 2,196
Preferred equity ............... -- 131
Common equity .................. 5,989 5,665
Accumulated other comprehensive
income ........................ 60 2
------- -------
Total liabilities
and shareholders'
equity............. $71,791 $68,771
------- -------
Net interest income ............ $3,111.9 $3,106.0
-------- --------
Gross interest margin .......... 3.85% 4.01%
----- -----
Gross interest margin without
taxable-equivalent increments.. 3.77% 3.91%
----- -----
PERCENT OF EARNING ASSETS
Interest income ................ 8.55% 8.68%
Interest expense ............... 3.68 3.64
----- -----
Net interest margin ..... 4.87 5.04
----- -----
Net interest margin without
taxable-equivalent increments.. 4.79% 4.94%
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
INTEREST AND RATES ARE PRESENTED ON A FULLY TAXABLE-EQUIVALENT BASIS UNDER A TAX
RATE OF 35 PERCENT. INTEREST INCOME AND RATES ON LOANS INCLUDE LOAN FEES.
NONACCRUAL LOANS ARE INCLUDED IN AVERAGE LOAN BALANCES.
* BEFORE DEDUCTING THE ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES AND EXCLUDING THE
UNREALIZED GAIN (LOSS) ON AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE SECURITIES.
** NOT MEANINGFUL
*** DETAIL NOT AVAILABLE
70 U.S. Bancorp
<PAGE>
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CONSOLIDATED DAILY AVERAGE BALANCE SHEET AND RELATED YIELDS AND RATES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Year Ended December 31 1996 1995 1994 1997-1998
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
% Change
Yields Yields Yields Average
(Dollars in Millions) Balance Interest and Rates Balance Interest and Rates Balance Interest and Rates Balance
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
ASSETS
Available-for-sale securities:
U.S. Treasury ................ $ 1,255 $ 74.3 5.92% $ 1,864 $ 109.0 5.85% $ 2,704 $ 142.6 5.27% (23.0)%
Mortgage-backed .............. 4,158 279.7 6.73 2,711 171.0 6.31 4,085 253.8 6.21 (13.5)
State and political .......... 555 47.0 8.47 177 18.9 10.68 188 20.0 10.64 41.7
U.S. agencies and other ...... 978 65.7 6.72 1,125 82.5 7.33 1,179 65.0 5.51 (32.3)
----------------- ----------------- -----------------
Total available-for-sale
securities.............. 6,946 466.7 6.72 5,877 381.4 6.49 8,156 481.4 5.90 (8.7)
Unrealized gain (loss) on
available-for-sale securities.. (21) (69) (97) **
------- ------- -------
Net available-for-sale
securities.............. 6,925 5,808 8,059 (7.2)
Held-to-maturity securities .... 834 64.0 7.67 1,833 131.7 7.18 2,162 151.1 6.99 **
Trading account securities ..... 233 13.2 5.67 266 15.8 5.94 247 13.3 5.38 72.6
Federal funds sold and resale
agreements..................... 872 46.5 5.33 531 30.8 5.80 715 30.7 4.29 15.6
Loans:
Commercial:
Commercial .............. 20,910 1,708.0 8.17 *** *** *** *** 9.5
Real estate:
Commercial mortgage 7,630 687.5 9.01 *** *** *** *** 1.1
Construction ....... 1,707 165.4 9.69 *** *** *** *** 17.6
----------------- ----------------- -----------------
Total commercial ... 30,247 2,560.9 8.47 27,048 2,415.2 8.93 24,630 1,934.6 7.85 8.0
Consumer:
Home equity and second
mortgage................ 4,708 441.4 9.38 *** *** *** *** 10.4
Credit card ............. 3,452 444.0 12.86 *** *** *** *** 8.6
Other ................... 7,037 680.6 9.67 *** *** *** *** (1.3)
----------------- ----------------- -----------------
Subtotal ........... 15,197 1,566.0 10.30 *** *** *** *** 5.0
Residential mortgage .... 5,172 418.9 8.10 *** *** *** *** (20.4)
Residential mortgage held
for sale................ 239 16.8 7.03 *** *** *** *** (38.2)
----------------- ----------------- -----------------
Total consumer ..... 20,608 2,001.7 9.71 20,655 1,989.2 9.63 19,954 1,785.9 8.95 (.8)
----------------- ----------------- -----------------
Total loans ........ 50,855 4,562.6 8.97 47,703 4,404.4 9.23 44,584 3,720.5 8.34 4.6
Allowance for credit losses .. 973 869 847 (.1)
------- ------- -------
Net loans ............... 49,882 46,834 43,737 4.7
Other earning assets ........... 461 25.5 5.53 346 20.6 5.95 369 20.0 5.42 **
----------------- ----------------- -----------------
Total earning
assets* ........... 60,201 5,178.5 8.60 56,556 4,984.7 8.81 56,233 4,417.0 7.85 3.6
Other assets ................... 8,195 7,466 7,419 9.0
------- ------- -------
Total assets ....... $67,402 $63,084 $62,708 4.4%
------- ------- -------
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS'
EQUITY
Noninterest-bearing deposits ... $11,970 $10,646 $11,299 6.4%
Interest-bearing deposits:
Interest checking ....... 5,678 90.1 1.59 5,473 88.2 1.61 5,826 85.4 1.47 3.5
Money market accounts ... 10,068 379.4 3.77 8,952 357.5 3.99 8,600 247.1 2.87 7.3
Other savings accounts .. 3,157 70.7 2.24 3,566 87.8 2.46 4,540 100.8 2.22 (11.9)
Savings certificates .... 12,985 703.2 5.42 13,223 704.2 5.33 13,200 551.4 4.18 (7.9)
Certificates over
$100,000 ............... 3,394 197.9 5.83 2,866 179.0 6.25 2,681 136.4 5.09 (13.3)
----------------- ----------------- -----------------
Total interest-
bearing deposits... 35,282 1,441.3 4.09 34,080 1,416.7 4.16 34,847 1,121.1 3.22 (2.4)
Short-term borrowings .......... 7,187 395.9 5.51 6,969 408.0 5.85 6,011 259.1 4.31 (29.8)
Long-term debt ................. 4,908 303.8 6.19 4,162 273.4 6.57 3,796 227.2 5.99 52.5
Company-obligated mandatorily
redeemable preferred
securities .................... 36 2.8 8.18 -- -- -- -- -- -- 44.0
----------------- ----------------- -----------------
Total interest-
bearing
liabilities ....... 47,413 2,143.8 4.52 45,211 2,098.1 4.64 44,654 1,607.4 3.60 3.8
Other liabilities .............. 2,100 1,882 1,575 6.4
Preferred equity ............... 240 255 293 **
Common equity .................. 5,693 5,134 4,948 5.7
Accumulated other comprehensive
income ........................ (14) (44) (61) **
------- ------- -------
Total liabilities
and shareholders'
equity............. $67,402 $63,084 $62,708 4.4%
------- ------- ------- -----
Net interest income ............ $3,034.7 $2,886.6 $2,809.6
-------- -------- --------
Gross interest margin .......... 4.08% 4.17% 4.25%
----- ----- -----
Gross interest margin without
taxable-equivalent increments.. 3.98% 4.06% 4.13%
----- ----- -----
PERCENT OF EARNING ASSETS
Interest income ................ 8.60% 8.81% 7.85%
Interest expense ............... 3.56 3.71 2.86
----- ----- -----
Net interest margin ..... 5.04 5.10 4.99
----- ----- -----
Net interest margin without
taxable-equivalent increments.. 4.93% 4.99% 4.87%
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
INTEREST AND RATES ARE PRESENTED ON A FULLY TAXABLE-EQUIVALENT BASIS UNDER A TAX
RATE OF 35 PERCENT. INTEREST INCOME AND RATES ON LOANS INCLUDE LOAN FEES.
NONACCRUAL LOANS ARE INCLUDED IN AVERAGE LOAN BALANCES.
* BEFORE DEDUCTING THE ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES AND EXCLUDING THE
UNREALIZED GAIN (LOSS) ON AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE SECURITIES.
** NOT MEANINGFUL
*** DETAIL NOT AVAILABLE
U.S. Bancorp 71
<PAGE>
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SUPPLEMENTAL FINANCIAL DATA
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EARNINGS PER SHARE SUMMARY
1998 1997 1996 1995 1994
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Earnings per share from continuing operations ........... $ 1.81 $ 1.13 $ 1.60 $ 1.19 $ .73
Loss from discontinued operations ....................... -- -- -- -- (.01)
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Earnings per share ...................................... $ 1.81 $ 1.13 $ 1.60 $ 1.19 $ .72
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Diluted earnings per share from continuing operations ... $ 1.78 $ 1.11 $ 1.57 $ 1.16 $ .71
Loss from discontinued operations ....................... -- -- -- -- (.01)
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Diluted earnings per share .............................. $ 1.78 $ 1.11 $ 1.57 $ 1.16 $ .70
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
RATIOS
1998 1997 1996 1995 1994
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Return on average assets ................................ 1.85% 1.22% 1.81% 1.42% .89%
Return on average common equity ......................... 21.9 14.6 21.1 17.2 10.9
Average total equity to average assets .................. 8.4 8.4 8.8 8.5 8.3
Dividends per share to net income per share ............. 38.7 54.9 34.4 40.6 53.7
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
OTHER STATISTICS
1998 1997 1996 1995 1994
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Common shares outstanding - year end* ................... 725,761,718 739,933,014 738,017,970 723,095,643 746,059,341
Average common shares outstanding and
common stock equivalents:
Earnings per share ................................ 733,897,845 733,550,892 749,178,474 738,653,169 744,157,977
Diluted earnings per share ........................ 744,178,143 742,913,736 766,172,004 764,661,147 774,808,893
Number of shareholders - year-end** ..................... 38,069 41,657 43,353 41,701 47,911
Average number of employees (full-time equivalents) ..... 26,526 25,858 27,157 27,795 31,185
Common dividends paid (millions) ........................ $ 516.4 $ 445.7 $ 406.9 $ 327.4 $ 276.5
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
* DEFINED AS TOTAL COMMON SHARES LESS COMMON STOCK HELD IN TREASURY.
** BASED ON NUMBER OF COMMON STOCK SHAREHOLDERS OF RECORD.
STOCK PRICE RANGE AND DIVIDENDS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sales Price Sales Price
--------------------- Dividends --------------------- Dividends
High Low Paid High Low Paid
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
First quarter .......................... $41.81 $33.75 $.175 $28.17 $22.50 $.155
Second quarter ......................... 45.63 37.13 .175 29.17 23.67 .155
Third quarter .......................... 47.31 33.69 .175 32.50 28.52 .155
Fourth quarter ......................... 43.00 25.63 .175 38.88 30.75 .155
Closing price - December 31 ............ 35.50 37.31
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
THE COMMON STOCK OF U.S. BANCORP IS TRADED ON THE NEW YORK STOCK EXCHANGE,
UNDER THE TICKER SYMBOL, "USB."
72 U.S. Bancorp
<PAGE>
COMMERCIAL LOAN MATURITIES AND SENSITIVITY TO CHANGES IN INTEREST RATES
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
December 31, 1998
---------------------------------------------
In 1 Year After 1 Year
(Dollars in Millions) or Less Through 5 Years After 5 Years
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Commercial, lease financing and agricultural ...................... $20,915 $3,828 $ 1,231
Real estate:
Commercial mortgage ............................................ 4,886 2,137 1,170
Construction ................................................... 2,907 135 27
---------------------------------------------
Total ....................................................... $28,708 $6,100 $ 2,428
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Due in Due After
One Year One Year Total
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Loans at fixed interest rates ..................................... $ 4,111 $7,416 $11,527
Loans at variable interest rates .................................. 24,597 1,112 25,709
---------------------------------------------
Total ....................................................... $28,708 $8,528 $37,236
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
TIME CERTIFICATES OF DEPOSIT AND OTHER TIME DEPOSITS IN DENOMINATIONS OF
$100,000 OR MORE AT DECEMBER 31
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Maturing
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Under Three Six to Over
Three to Six Twelve Twelve
(Dollars in Millions) Months Months Months Months Total
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
1998 ................................................ $1,541 $365 $439 $478 $2,823
1997 ................................................ 1,077 762 508 937 3,284
1996 ................................................ 1,749 573 483 597 3,402
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
SHORT-TERM FUNDS BORROWED
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Average Maximum Average Weighted
Daily Outstanding Interest Rate Average
Outstanding Amount Month End Paid During Interest Rate
(Dollars in Millions) at Year End Outstanding Balance the Year at Year End
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
1998
Federal funds purchased and securities sold
under agreements to repurchase .............. $2,682 $2,582 $2,775 5.95% 4.60%
Other .......................................... 683 1,151 1,500 5.13 4.54
---------------------
Total ....................................... $3,365 $3,733 3,909 5.70 4.59
---------------------
1997
Federal funds purchased and securities sold
under agreements to repurchase .............. $2,318 $3,242 $4,188 5.64% 5.23%
Other .......................................... 974 2,072 3,082 5.68 5.33
---------------------
Total ....................................... $3,292 $5,314 6,879 5.66 5.26
---------------------
1996
Federal funds purchased and securities sold
under agreements to repurchase .............. $3,401 $3,719 $4,114 5.32% 5.34%
Other .......................................... 3,191 3,468 4,330 5.71 5.53
---------------------
Total ....................................... $6,592 $7,187 7,797 5.51 5.43
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
U.S. Bancorp 73
<PAGE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Securities and Exchange Commission
Washington, D.C. 20549
Annual Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act
of 1934 for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1998.
Commission File Number 1-6880
U.S. BANCORP
Incorporated in the State of Delaware
IRS Employer Identification #41-0255900
Address: 601 Second Avenue South
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402-4302
Telephone: (612) 973-1111
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act (and listed on the
New York Stock Exchange): Common Stock, Par Value $1.25.
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
Warrants to Purchase Shares of Common Stock.
As of January 31, 1999, U.S. Bancorp had 725,912,447 shares of common
stock outstanding. The aggregate market value of common stock held by
non-affiliates as of January 31, 1999, was approximately $23,431,000,000.
U.S. Bancorp (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13
or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12
months and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90
days.
Disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is
not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant's
knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by
reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.
This Annual Report and Form 10-K incorporates into a single document the
requirements of the accounting profession and the Securities and Exchange
Commission. Only those sections of the Annual Report referenced in the
following cross-reference index and the information under the caption
"Forward-Looking Statements" are incorporated in the Form 10-K.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Cross-Reference Page
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C>
PART I
ITEM 1 Business
General ...........................................................................75
Distribution of Assets, Liabilities and
Stockholders' Equity; Interest Rates
and Interest Differential ...........................................20-21, 70-71
Investment Portfolio ...................................................26-27, 46, 67
Loan Portfolio ...........................................24-26, 27-31, 43-44, 47, 73
Summary of Loan Loss
Experience ...............................................21-22, 27-31, 43-44, 47
Deposits ............................................................26-27, 70-71, 73
Return on Equity and Assets .......................................................72
Short-Term Borrowings .............................................................73
ITEM 2 Properties ........................................................................75
ITEM 3 Legal Proceedings ...............................................................none
ITEM 4 Submission of Matters to a Vote of
Security Holders ............................................................none
PART II
ITEM 5 Market for the Registrant's Common Equity
and Related Stockholder Matters ....................................35-36, 72, 74
ITEM 6 Selected Financial Data ...........................................................17
ITEM 7 Management's Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations ......................................................16-38
ITEM 7A Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures
About Market Risk ..........................................................31-33
ITEM 8 Financial Statements and
Supplementary Data ........................................................69, 76
ITEM 9 Changes in and Disagreements with
Accountants on Accounting and
Financial Disclosure ........................................................none
PART III
ITEM 10 Directors and Executive Officers
of the Registrant ..........................................................78-79*
ITEM 11 Executive Compensation ..............................................................*
ITEM 12 Security Ownership of Certain
Beneficial Owners and Management ................................................*
ITEM 13 Certain Relationships and Related Transactions ......................................*
PART IV
ITEM 14 Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules
and Reports on Form 8-K ....................................................76-77
</TABLE>
* U.S. BANCORP'S DEFINITIVE PROXY STATEMENT FOR THE 1999 ANNUAL MEETING OF
SHAREHOLDERS IS INCORPORATED HEREIN BY REFERENCE, OTHER THAN THE SECTIONS
ENTITLED "REPORT OF THE COMPENSATION AND HUMAN RESOURCES COMMITTEE ON
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION" AND "COMPARATIVE STOCK PERFORMANCE."
74 U.S. Bancorp
<PAGE>
GENERAL U.S. Bancorp, formerly known as First Bank System, Inc. (the
"Company"), is the organization created by the acquisition by First Bank
System, Inc. of U.S. Bancorp of Portland, Oregon. The Company is a regional,
multi-state bank holding company headquartered in Minneapolis, Minnesota. The
Company was incorporated in Delaware in 1929 and owns 100 percent of the
capital stock of each of eight banks, and ten trust companies, having
approximately 1,000 banking offices in 17 Midwestern and Western states. The
Company offers full-service brokerage services at approximately 100 offices
through a wholly owned subsidiary. The Company also has various nonbank
subsidiaries engaged in financial services.
The banks are engaged in general commercial banking business,
principally in domestic markets. They range in size from less than $1.0
million to $49.0 billion in deposits and provide a wide variety of services
to individuals, businesses, industry, institutional organizations,
governmental entities, and other financial institutions. Depository services
include checking accounts, savings accounts, and time certificate contracts.
Ancillary services such as treasury management and receivable lockbox
collection are provided for corporate customers. The Company's bank and trust
subsidiaries provide a full range of fiduciary activities for individuals,
estates, foundations, business corporations, and charitable organizations.
The Company provides banking services through its subsidiary banks to
both domestic and foreign customers and correspondent banks. These services
include consumer banking, commercial lending, financing of import/export
trade, foreign exchange, and investment services.
The Company, through its subsidiaries, also provides services in trust,
commercial and agricultural finance, data processing, leasing, and brokerage
services.
On a full-time equivalent basis, employment during 1998 averaged a total
of 26,526 employees.
COMPETITION The commercial banking business is highly competitive. Subsidiary
banks compete with other commercial banks and with other financial
institutions, including savings and loan associations, mutual savings banks,
finance companies, mortgage banking companies, credit unions, and investment
companies. In recent years, competition has increased from institutions not
subject to the same regulatory restrictions as domestic banks and bank
holding companies.
GOVERNMENT POLICIES The operations of the Company's various operating units
are affected by state and federal legislative changes and by policies of
various regulatory authorities, including those of the several states in
which they operate, the United States and foreign governments. These policies
include, for example, statutory maximum legal lending rates, domestic
monetary policies of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System,
United States fiscal policy, international currency regulations and monetary
policies, and capital adequacy and liquidity constraints imposed by bank
regulatory agencies.
SUPERVISION AND REGULATION The Company is a registered bank holding company
under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (the "Act") and is subject to the
supervision of, and regulation by, the Board of Governors of the Federal
Reserve System (the "Board").
Under the Act, a bank holding company may engage in banking, managing or
controlling banks, furnishing or performing services for banks it controls,
and conducting activities that the Board has determined to be closely related
to banking. The Company must obtain the prior approval of the Board before
acquiring more than 5 percent of the outstanding shares of another bank or
bank holding company, and must provide notice to, and in some situations
obtain the prior approval of, the Board in connection with the acquisition of
more than 5 percent of the outstanding shares of a company engaged in a
"bank-related" business.
Under the Act, as amended by the Riegle-Neal Interstate Banking and
Branching Efficiency Act of 1994 (the "Interstate Act"), the Company may
acquire banks throughout the United States, subject only to state or federal
deposit caps and state minimum-age requirements. Effective June 1, 1997, the
Interstate Act authorized interstate branching by acquisition and
consolidation in those states that had not opted out by that date.
National banks are subject to the supervision of, and are examined by,
the Comptroller of the Currency. All subsidiary banks of the Company are
members of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation ("FDIC"), and as such,
are subject to examination thereby. In practice, the primary federal
regulator makes regular examinations of each subsidiary bank subject to its
regulatory review or participates in joint examinations with other federal
regulators. Areas subject to regulation by federal authorities include the
allowance for credit losses, investments, loans, mergers, issuance of
securities, payment of dividends, establishment of branches and other aspects
of operations.
PROPERTIES The Company and its significant subsidiaries occupy their
headquarter offices under long-term leases. The Company also leases three
freestanding operations centers in St. Paul and Denver, and owns operations
centers in Fargo and Portland. At December 31, 1998, the Company's
subsidiaries owned and operated a total of 748 facilities and leased an
additional 648 facilities, all of which are well maintained. Additional
information with respect to premises and equipment is presented in Notes G
and Q to Consolidated Financial Statements.
U.S. Bancorp 75
<PAGE>
EXHIBITS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Financial Statements Filed Page
- ---------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C>
U.S. Bancorp and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Financial Statements 39
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 43
Report of Independent Auditors 66
</TABLE>
Schedules to the consolidated financial statements required by Article 9 of
Regulation S-X are omitted since the required information is included in the
footnotes or is not applicable.
During the three months ended December 31, 1998, the Company filed no
Current Reports on Form 8-K.
The following Exhibit Index lists the Exhibits to the Annual Report on
Form 10-K.
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
(1)3.1 Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended. Filed as Exhibit
3.1 to Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 1998.
(1)3.2 Bylaws, as amended. Filed as Exhibit 3.1 to report on Form 10-Q for
the quarter ended June 30, 1998.
4.1 [Pursuant to Item 601(b)(4)(iii)(A) of Regulation S-K, copies of
instruments defining the rights of holders of long-term debt are not
filed. U.S. Bancorp agrees to furnish a copy thereof to the
Securities and Exchange Commission upon request.]
(1)4.2 Warrant Agreement, dated as of October 2, 1995, between U.S. Bancorp
and First Chicago Trust Company of New York, as Warrant Agent and
Form of Warrant. Filed as Exhibits 4.18 and 4.19 to Registration
Statement on Form S-3, File No. 33-61667.
(1)4.3 Warrant Agreement, dated as of November 20, 1990, between
Metropolitan Financial Corporation and American Stock Transfer and
Trust Company, as Warrant Agent; Supplemental Warrant Agreement,
dated as of January 24, 1995, between U.S. Bancorp and American
Stock Transfer and Trust Company, as Warrant Agent; and Form of
Warrant. Filed as Exhibit 4E to report on Form 10-K for the year
ended December 31, 1996.
(1)10.1 Stock Purchase Agreements dated as of May 30, 1990, among Corporate
Partners, L.P.; Corporate Offshore Partners, L.P.; The State Board
of Administration of Florida and U.S. Bancorp and related documents.
Filed as Exhibits 4.8-4.15 to Registration Statement on Form S-3,
File No. 33-42650.
(1)(2)10.2 U.S. Bancorp 1997 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended. Filed as Exhibit
10.2 to report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1997.
(1)(2)10.3 Description of U.S. Bancorp Stock Option Loan Policy. Filed as
Exhibit 10M to report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31,
1996.
(1)(2)10.4 U.S. Bancorp Restated Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as amended.
Filed as Exhibit 10.4 to report on Form 10-K for the year ended
December 31, 1997.
(1)(2)10.5 U.S. Bancorp 1995 Executive Incentive Plan, as amended. Filed as
Exhibit 10A to report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31,
1997.
(1)(2)10.6 U.S. Bancorp Annual Incentive Plan, as amended. Filed as Exhibit 10E
to report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996.
(1)(2)10.7 U.S. Bancorp Executive Deferral Plan, as amended. Filed as Exhibit
10.1 to report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 1998.
(1)(2)10.8 U.S. Bancorp Nonqualified Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan, as
amended. Filed as Exhibit 10.2 to report on Form 10-Q for the
quarter ended March 31, 1998.
(1)(2)10.9 U.S. Bancorp Special Executive Deferral Plan. Filed as Exhibit 10.3
to report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 1998.
(1)(2)10.10 Amended and Restated Supplemental Benefits Plan of the former U.S.
Bancorp. Filed as Exhibit 10.10 to report on Form 10-K for the year
ended December 31, 1997.
(1)(2)10.11 1991 Executive Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended, of the former
U.S. Bancorp. Filed as Exhibit 10.11 to report on Form 10-K for the
year ended December 31, 1997.
(1)(2)10.12 Deferred Compensation Trust Agreement of the former U.S. Bancorp.
Filed as Exhibit 10.12 to report on Form 10-K for the year ended
December 31, 1997.
(1)(2)10.13 1991 Performance and Equity Incentive Plan of the former U.S.
Bancorp. Filed as Exhibit 10.13 to report on Form 10-K for the year
ended December 31, 1997.
(1)(2)10.14 Description of Retirement Benefits of Joshua Green III. Filed as
Exhibit 10.14 to report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31,
1997.
(1)(2)10.15 Form of Director Indemnification Agreement entered into with former
Directors of the former U.S. Bancorp. Filed as Exhibit 10.15 to
report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1997.
(1)(2)10.16 Description of health insurance premium reimbursement plan for
former Directors of West One Bancorp. Filed as Exhibit 10.16 to
report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1997.
(1)(2)10.17 U.S. Bancorp Independent Director Retirement and Death Benefit Plan,
as amended. Filed as Exhibit 10.4 to report on Form 10-Q for the
quarter ended March 31, 1998.
(1)(2)10.18 U.S. Bancorp Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors, as amended.
Filed as Exhibit 10.5 to report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended
March 31, 1998.
(1)(2)10.19 Form of Change-in-Control Agreement between U.S. Bancorp and certain
officers of the Company. Filed as Exhibit 10.6 to report on Form
10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 1998.
76 U.S. Bancorp
<PAGE>
(1)(2)10.20 Employment Agreement with Gerry B. Cameron. Filed as Exhibit 10.1 to
Registration Statement on Form S-4, File No. 333-29409.
(1)(2)10.21 Employment Agreement with John F. Grundhofer, as amended. Filed as
Exhibit 10.1 to report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30,
1998.
(2)10.22 Employment Agreement with Gary T. Duim, as amended.
(1)(2)10.23 Employment Agreement with Philip G. Heasley. Filed as Exhibit 10(b)
to report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 1997.
(1)(2)10.24 Employment Agreement with Robert D. Sznewajs. Filed as Exhibit 10.3
to Registration Statement on Form S-4, File No. 333-29409.
(1)(2)10.25 Employment Agreement with Richard A. Zona. Filed as Exhibit 10(c) to
report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 1997.
(1)10.26 Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of March 19, 1997, by and
between First Bank System, Inc. and U.S. Bancorp. Filed as Exhibit 2
to report on Form 8-K dated March 19, 1997.
12 Statement re: Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges.
13 Annual Report to Shareholders for the year ended December 31, 1998.
21 Subsidiaries of the Registrant.
23 Consent of Ernst & Young LLP.
27 Financial Data Schedule.
</TABLE>
(1) EXHIBIT HAS HERETOFORE BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE
COMMISSION AND IS INCORPORATED HEREIN AS AN EXHIBIT BY REFERENCE.
(2) ITEMS THAT ARE MANAGEMENT CONTRACTS OR COMPENSATORY PLANS OR ARRANGEMENTS
REQUIRED TO BE FILED AS AN EXHIBIT PURSUANT TO ITEM 14(c) OF THIS FORM
10-K.
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed
on February 17, 1999, on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly
authorized.
U.S. Bancorp
By: John F. Grundhofer
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this
report has been signed below on February 17, 1999, by the following persons
on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities indicated.
JOHN F. GRUNDHOFER
Chairman, President, Chief Executive Officer, and Director
(principal executive officer)
SUSAN E. LESTER
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
(principal financial officer)
TERRANCE R. DOLAN
Senior Vice President and Controller
(principal accounting officer)
LINDA L. AHLERS
Director
HARRY L. BETTIS
Director
GERRY B. CAMERON
Director
CAROLYN SILVA CHAMBERS
Director
ARTHUR D. COLLINS, JR.
Director
PETER H. COORS
Director
ROBERT L. DRYDEN
Director
JOSHUA GREEN III
Director
ROGER L. HALE
Director
DELBERT W. JOHNSON
Director
RICHARD L. KNOWLTON
Director
JERRY W. LEVIN
Director
EDWARD J. PHILLIPS
Director
PAUL A. REDMOND
Director
RICHARD G. REITEN
Director
S. WALTER RICHEY
Director
RICHARD L. SCHALL
Director
WALTER SCOTT, JR.
Director
WARREN R. STALEY
Director
U.S. Bancorp 77
<PAGE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
JOHN F. GRUNDHOFER
Mr. Grundhofer, 60, has been Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer
since January 1999, and held the same title from 1990 through July 1997. He
served as President and Chief Executive Officer from August 1997 through 1998.
GARY T. DUIM
Mr. Duim, 55, has been Vice Chairman since August 1997 with responsibilities
for Commercial & Business Banking and Private Financial Services, as well as
U.S. Bancorp Leasing & Financial. He was Executive Vice President, Retail
Banking Group, for the former U.S. Bancorp from 1996 to 1997. From 1993 to
1996, Mr. Duim headed the Corporate Banking Group of the former U.S. Bancorp.
PHILIP G. HEASLEY
Mr. Heasley, 49, has served as Vice Chairman since 1993. He is responsible
for the Retail Banking Group, which includes retail banking products and
direct delivery channels, and also leads Payment Systems, operations, and
technology.
ROBERT D. SZNEWAJS
Mr. Sznewajs, 52, Vice Chairman since August 1997, oversees the Retail Branch
Group. He had been Vice Chairman of the former U.S. Bancorp since 1995. From
1994 to 1995, he was Executive Vice President of the former U.S. Bancorp in
charge of the Support and Financial Services and Products Groups.
RICHARD A. ZONA
Mr. Zona, 54, Vice Chairman since 1990, has responsibilities for Commercial &
Business Banking, U.S. Bancorp Piper Jaffray, U.S. Bancorp Libra, Private
Financial Services, Institutional Financial Services, and Corporate Trust
Services. He served as Chief Financial Officer from 1989 to 1996.
J. ROBERT HOFFMANN
Mr. Hoffmann, 53, has been Executive Vice President and Chief Credit Officer
since 1990.
SUSAN E. LESTER
Ms. Lester, 42, has been Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
since 1996. She had served as Executive Vice President, Finance, since
December 1995. From May 1994 to November 1995, Ms. Lester was Executive Vice
President and Chief Financial Officer of Shawmut National Corporation. Before
that, she served as Executive Vice President and Controller at U.S. Bancorp.
LEE R. MITAU
Mr. Mitau, 50, was named Executive Vice President, General Counsel and
Secretary in 1995. Previously, he was a partner at Dorsey & Whitney LLP.
DANIEL C. ROHR
Mr. Rohr, 52, has been Executive Vice President of Commercial & Business
Banking since 1997. He had been Executive Vice President of Commercial
Banking since 1990.
ROBERT H. SAYRE
Mr. Sayre, 59, has served as Executive Vice President of Human Resources
since 1990.
JOHN R. DANIELSON
Mr. Danielson, 54, has served as Senior Vice President of Investor and
Corporate Relations since 1996. Previously, he was Senior Vice President of
Investor Relations.
TERRANCE R. DOLAN
Mr. Dolan, 37, has been Senior Vice President and Controller since September
1998. Since 1994 he had been associated with Banc One Corporation, where in
1997 he was named Chief Financial Officer of the Consumer Lending Division.
From 1995 to 1997, he was part of the marketing team of Banc One's Retail
Division, and earlier he served as a Financial Executive for Investment
Services.
DAVID P. GRANDSTRAND
Mr. Grandstrand, 43, has been Senior Vice President and Treasurer since 1996.
Previously, he was Senior Vice President of Asset/Liability Management and
Funding.
78 U.S. Bancorp
<PAGE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DIRECTORS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
JOHN F. GRUNDHOFER
CHAIRMAN, PRESIDENT AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
U.S. Bancorp
LINDA L. AHLERS
PRESIDENT
Department Store
Division of Dayton
Hudson Corporation
Minneapolis, Minnesota
HARRY L. BETTIS
RANCHER
Payette, Idaho
GERRY B. CAMERON*
RETIRED CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD
U.S. Bancorp
CAROLYN SILVA CHAMBERS*
CHAIRMAN AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
Chambers Communications Corp.
Eugene, Oregon
ARTHUR D. COLLINS, JR.
PRESIDENT AND CHIEF OPERATING OFFICER
Medtronic, Inc.
Minneapolis, Minnesota
PETER H. COORS
VICE CHAIRMAN AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
Coors Brewing Company
Golden, Colorado
ROBERT L. DRYDEN
RETIRED EXECUTIVE VICE PRESIDENT,
AIRPLANE PRODUCTION
The Boeing Company
Commercial Airplane Group
Seattle, Washington
JOSHUA GREEN III
CHAIRMAN AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
Joshua Green Corporation
Seattle, Washington
ROGER L. HALE*
CHAIRMAN AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
TENNANT Company
Minneapolis, Minnesota
DELBERT W. JOHNSON
CHAIRMAN AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
Pioneer Metal Finishing
Minneapolis, Minnesota
JOEL W. JOHNSON
CHAIRMAN, PRESIDENT AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
Hormel Foods Corporation
Austin, Minnesota
RICHARD L. KNOWLTON*
CHAIRMAN
The Hormel Foundation
Austin, Minnesota
JERRY W. LEVIN
PRESIDENT AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
Sunbeam Corporation
Boca Raton, Florida
EDWARD J. PHILLIPS
CHAIRMAN AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
Phillips Beverage Company
Minneapolis, Minnesota
PAUL A. REDMOND
RETIRED CHAIRMAN AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
Avista Corp.
Spokane, Washington
RICHARD G. REITEN
PRESIDENT AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
Northwest Natural
Gas Company
Portland, Oregon
S. WALTER RICHEY
FORMER CHAIRMAN AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
Meritex, Inc.
Minneapolis, Minnesota
RICHARD L. SCHALL*
RETIRED VICE CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD
Dayton Hudson Corporation
Minneapolis, Minnesota
WALTER SCOTT, JR.*
CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD
Level 3
Communications, Inc.
Omaha, Nebraska
WARREN R. STALEY
PRESIDENT AND CHIEF OPERATING OFFICER
Cargill, Inc.
Minneapolis, Minnesota
*RETIRING FROM U.S. BANCORP BOARD OF DIRECTORS EFFECTIVE APRIL 20, 1999
U.S. Bancorp 79
<PAGE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CORPORATE DATA
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXECUTIVE OFFICES
U.S. Bancorp
601 Second Avenue South
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402-4302
ANNUAL MEETING
The annual meeting of shareholders will be held at 2:00 p.m. on Tuesday, April
20, 1999, at the Minneapolis Convention Center, 1301 Second Avenue South,
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55403.
COMMON STOCK TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR
First Chicago Trust Company of New York, a division of EquiServe, acts as
transfer agent and registrar, dividend paying agent, and dividend reinvestment
plan agent for U.S. Bancorp and maintains all shareholder records for the
corporation. For information about U.S. Bancorp stock, or if you have questions
regarding your stock certificates (including transfers), address or name
changes, lost dividend checks, lost stock certificates, or Form 1099s, please
call First Chicago Trust's Shareholder Services Center at (800) 446-2617.
Representatives are available weekdays 8:30 a.m. to 7:00 p.m. Eastern time, and
the interactive voice response system is available 24 hours a day, seven days a
week. The TDD telephone number for the hearing impaired is (201) 222-4955.
First Chicago Trust Company of New York
c/o EquiServe
Mailing address: P.O. Box 2500, Jersey City,
New Jersey 07303-2500.
Telephone: (201) 324-0498
Fax: (201) 222-4892
Internet address: http://www.equiserve.com
E-mail address: [email protected]
If you own shares in a book-entry or plan account maintained by First Chicago,
you can access your account information on the Internet through First Chicago
Trust's Web site. To obtain a password that provides you secured access to your
account, please call First Chicago Trust toll free at (877) THE-WEB7 (outside
North America call (201) 536-8071).
COMMON STOCK LISTING AND TRADING
U.S. Bancorp Common Stock is listed and traded on the New York Stock Exchange
under the ticker symbol USB.
DIVIDENDS
U.S. Bancorp currently pays quarterly dividends on its Common Stock on or about
the 15th of March, June, September, and December, subject to prior Board
approval. Shareholders may choose to have dividends electronically deposited
directly into their bank accounts. For enrollment information, please call First
Chicago Trust at (800) 446-2617.
DIVIDEND REINVESTMENT PLAN
U.S. Bancorp shareholders can take advantage of a plan that provides automatic
reinvestment of dividends and/or optional cash purchases of additional shares of
U.S. Bancorp Common Stock up to $60,000 per calendar year. For more information,
please contact First Chicago Trust Company of New York, c/o EquiServe, P.O. Box
2598, Jersey City, New Jersey 07303-2598, (800) 446-2617.
INVESTMENT COMMUNITY CONTACTS
John R. Danielson
Senior Vice President, Investor and Corporate Relations
(612) 973-2261
Judith T. Murphy
Vice President, Investor Relations
(612) 973-2264
FINANCIAL INFORMATION
U.S. Bancorp news and financial results are available through the company's Web
site, fax, and mail.
WEB SITE. For information about U.S. Bancorp, including news and financial
results, product information, and service locations, access our home page on the
World Wide Web. The address is http://www.usbank.com.
FAX. To access our fax-on-demand service, call (800) 758-5804. When asked, enter
U.S. Bancorp's extension number, "312402." Enter "1" for the most current news
release or "2" for a menu of news releases. Enter your fax and telephone numbers
as directed. The information will be faxed to you promptly.
MAIL. At your request, we will mail to you our quarterly earnings news releases,
quarterly financial data on Form 10-Q, and additional annual reports. To be
added to U.S. Bancorp's mailing list for quarterly earnings news releases, or to
request other information, please contact:
Investor and Corporate Relations
U.S. Bancorp
601 Second Avenue South
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402-4302
(612) 973-2263
COMMUNITY ANNUAL REPORT
To request copies of the U.S. Bancorp Community
Annual Report, call U.S. Bancorp Community Relations, (612) 973-0658.
U.S. Bancorp, including each of its subsidiaries, is an
Equal Opportunity Employer and a Drug-Free Workplace.
80 U.S. Bancorp
<PAGE>
[Logo] Printed on recycled paper containing 10 percent post-consumer waste.
DESIGN: Larsen Design Office, Inc.
PRINTING: Banta Direct Marketing Group; The Press
<PAGE>
[Logo]
U.S. Bank Place
601 Second Avenue South
Minneapolis, Minnesota
55402-4302
www.usbank.com
<PAGE>
EXH. 10.22
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
AGREEMENT by and between First Bank System, Inc., a Delaware
corporation (the "Company") and Gary T. Duim (the "Executive") dated as of the
19th day of March, 1997.
The Board of Directors of the Company (the "Board") has determined
that it is in the best interests of the Company and its shareholders to assure
that U.S. Bancorp, an Oregon corporation ("USB") will have the continued
dedication of the Executive pending the merger of the Company and USB (the
"Merger") pursuant to the Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of March 19,
1997 and to provide the surviving corporation after the Merger with continuity
of management. Therefore, in order to accomplish these objectives, the Board has
caused the Company to enter into this Agreement.
NOW, THEREFORE, IT IS HEREBY AGREED AS FOLLOWS:
1. Effective Date. The "Effective Date" shall mean the effective
date of the Merger.
2. Employment Period. The Company hereby agrees to employ the
Executive, and the Executive hereby agrees to enter into the employ of the
Company subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, for the period
commencing on the Effective Date and ending on the third anniversary thereof
(the "Employment Period").
3. Terms of Employment. (a) Position and Duties. (i) (A) During the
Employment Period, the Executive shall serve as Vice Chairman of the Company,
the Executive shall be the wholesale banking market manager for the Pacific
Northwest reporting directly to the Chief Executive Officer of the Company with
such other authority, duties and responsibilities as are commensurate with such
position and as may be consistent with such position and (B) the Executive's
services shall be performed in Portland, Oregon.
(ii) During the Employment Period, and excluding any periods
of vacation and sick leave to which the Executive is entitled, the Executive
agrees to devote substantially all of his attention and time during normal
business hours to the business and affairs of the Company and, to the extent
necessary to discharge the responsibilities assigned to the Executive hereunder,
to use the Executive's reasonable best efforts to perform faithfully and
efficiently such responsibilities. During the Employment Period it shall not be
a violation of this Agreement for the Executive to (A) serve on corporate, civic
or charitable boards or committees, (B)
<PAGE>
deliver lectures, fulfill speaking engagements or teach at educational
institutions and (C) manage personal investments, so long as such activities do
not significantly interfere with the performance of the Executive's
responsibilities as an employee of the Company in accordance with this
Agreement. It is expressly understood and agreed that to the extent that any
such activities have been conducted by the Executive prior to the Effective
Date, the continued conduct of such activities (or the conduct of activities
similar in nature and scope thereto) subsequent to the Effective Date shall not
thereafter be deemed to interfere with the performance of the Executive's
responsibilities to the Company.
(b) Compensation. (i) Initial Payment. Within 10 days after the
Effective Date, the Company shall make a payment to the Executive equal to the
cash payment to which the Executive would have been entitled to receive pursuant
to the Employment Agreement between the Company and the Executive dated as of
February 20, 1997 had he been terminated by the Company without Cause
immediately after the Effective Date, unless the Executive has previously
elected to defer such amounts.
(ii) Base Salary. During the Employment Period, the Executive
shall receive an annual base salary ("Annual Base Salary"), which shall be paid
at a monthly rate at least equal the highest rate paid to any other Vice
Chairman of the Company. During the Employment Period, the Annual Base Salary
shall be reviewed no more than 12 months after the last salary increase awarded
to the Executive prior to the Effective Date and thereafter at least annually.
Any increase in Annual Base Salary shall not serve to limit or reduce any other
obligation to the Executive under this Agreement. Annual Base Salary shall not
be reduced after any such increase and the term Annual Base Salary as utilized
in this Agreement shall refer to Annual Base Salary as so increased. As used in
this Agreement, the term "affiliated companies" shall include any company
controlled by, controlling or under common control with the Company.
(iii) Annual Bonus. During the Employment Period, the
Executive shall receive an annual cash bonus ("Annual Bonus") in an amount at
least equal to the highest annual cash bonus paid to any other Vice Chairman of
the Company.
(iv) Incentive Awards. On the Effective Date, the Company
shall grant the Executive 50,000 shares of restricted stock (the "Restricted
Stock") and an option to acquire 100,000 shares of the Company's stock (the
"Option") pursuant to the terms of the Company's stock incentive plan.
2
<PAGE>
The Option will have an exercise price equal to the fair market value of the
stock subject thereto on the date of grant. Except as otherwise provided herein,
the Option and the Restricted Stock shall vest as set forth below or, if
earlier, upon a change of control of the Company (as defined in the Company's
Stock Incentive Plan).
Option Restricted
Shares Stock
Vested Vested
------ ------
1st Anniversary of Effective Date 33,333 8,333
2nd Anniversary of Effective Date 66,666 16,666
3rd Anniversary of Effective Date 100,000 50,000
(v) Retirement and Medical Benefits. While the Executive
remains employed by the Company both during and, if applicable, after the
Employment Period, the Executive shall continue to participate in USB's Amended
and Restated Supplemental Benefits Plan, as in effect immediately prior to the
Effective Date with respect to the Executive, including all enhanced retirement
benefits, reduction of early retirement factors and similar provisions, unless
the Company's retirement plans provide the Executive with a more favorable
benefit. For the remainder of the Executive's life and that of his current
spouse, the Company shall continue to provide medical and dental benefits in the
aggregate to the Executive and his current spouse pursuant to the Company's
Retiree Health Care Program at a subsidized cost on the same basis as the
Company subsidizes premiums for retirees of the Company who retired prior to
January 1, 1993 (collectively "Medical Benefits"). The Executive and his current
spouse's entitlement to Medical Benefits shall survive the termination of this
Agreement.
(vi) Other Employee Benefit Plans. During the Employment
Period, the Executive shall be entitled to participate in all incentive,
employee benefit, welfare and other plans, practices, policies and programs
applicable to the Vice Chairmen of the Company on a basis no less favorable than
that provided to the Vice Chairmen of the Company.
(vii) Expenses. During the Employment Period, the Executive
shall be entitled to receive prompt reimbursement for all reasonable expenses
incurred by the Executive in accordance with the Company's policies.
(viii) Fringe Benefits. During the Employment Period, the
Executive shall be entitled to fringe benefits, including, without limitation,
payment of club dues, and, if applicable, use of an automobile and payment of
related expenses, to the extent applicable to the Vice Chairmen of the Company.
3
<PAGE>
(ix) Office and Support Staff. During the Employment Period,
the Executive shall be entitled to an office or offices of a size and with
furnishings and other appointments as provided generally at any time thereafter
with respect to other peer executives of the Company and its affiliated
companies.
(x) Vacation. During the Employment Period, the Executive
shall be entitled to paid vacation in accordance with the plans, policies,
programs and practices of the Company and its affiliated companies as in effect
with respect to the Vice Chairmen of the Company.
4. Termination of Employment. (a) Death or Disability. The
Executive's employment shall terminate automatically upon the Executive's death
during the Employment Period. If the Company determines in good faith that the
Disability of the Executive has occurred during the Employment Period (pursuant
to the definition of Disability set forth below), it may give to the Executive
written notice in accordance with Section 11(b) of this Agreement of its
intention to terminate the Executive's employment. In such event, the
Executive's employment with the Company shall terminate effective on the 30th
day after receipt of such notice by the Executive (the "Disability Effective
Date"), provided that, within the 30 days after such receipt, the Executive
shall not have returned to full-time performance of the Executive's duties. For
purposes of this Agreement, "Disability" shall mean the absence of the Executive
from the Executive's duties with the Company on a full-time basis for 180
consecutive business days as a result of incapacity due to mental or physical
illness which is determined to be total and permanent by a physician selected by
the Company or its insurers and acceptable to the Executive or the Executive's
legal representative.
(b) Cause. The Company may terminate the Executive's employment
during the Employment Period for Cause. For purposes of this Agreement, "Cause"
shall mean:
(i) the continued failure of the Executive to perform
substantially the Executive's duties with the Company or one of its affiliates
(other than any such failure resulting from incapacity due to physical or mental
illness), after a written demand for substantial performance is delivered to the
Executive by the Board or the Chief Executive Officer of the Company which
specifically identifies the manner in which the Board or Chief Executive Officer
believes that the Executive has not substantially performed the Executive's
duties, or
4
<PAGE>
(ii) the willful engaging by the Executive in illegal conduct
or gross misconduct which is materially and demonstrably injurious to the
Company, or
(iii) conviction of a felony or guilty or nolo contendere plea
by the Executive with respect thereto.
For purposes of this provision, no act or failure to act, on the part of the
Executive, shall be considered "willful" unless it is done, or omitted to be
done, by the Executive in bad faith or without reasonable belief that the
Executive's action or omission was in the best interests of the Company. Any
act, or failure to act, based upon authority given pursuant to a resolution duly
adopted by the Board or upon the instructions of the Chief Executive Officer or
a senior officer of the Company or based upon the advice of counsel for the
Company shall be conclusively presumed to be done, or omitted to be done, by the
Executive in good faith and in the best interests of the Company. The cessation
of employment of the Executive shall not be deemed to be for Cause unless and
until there shall have been delivered to the Executive a copy of a resolution
duly adopted by the affirmative vote of not less than two-thirds of the entire
membership of the Board at a meeting of the Board called and held for such
purpose (after reasonable notice is provided to the Executive and the Executive
is given an opportunity, together with counsel, to be heard before the Board),
finding that, in the good faith opinion of the Board, the Executive is guilty of
the conduct described in subparagraph (i) or (ii) above, and specifying the
particulars thereof in detail.
(c) Good Reason. The Executive's employment may be terminated by the
Executive for Good Reason. For purposes of this Agreement, "Good Reason" shall
mean in the absence of a written consent of the Executive:
(i) the assignment to the Executive of any duties inconsistent
in any material respect with the Executive's position (including status,
offices, titles and reporting requirements), authority, duties or
responsibilities as contemplated by Section 3(a) of this Agreement, or any other
action by the Company which results in a material diminution in such position,
authority, duties or responsibilities, excluding for this purpose an isolated,
insubstantial and inadvertent action not taken in bad faith and which is
remedied by the Company promptly after receipt of notice thereof given by the
Executive provided, however, that after the second anniversary of the Effective
Date, the Company may change the Executive's title, position, duties and
responsibilities provided that such new title, position, duties and
responsibilities are substantial compared to those described in Section 3(a);
5
<PAGE>
(ii) any material failure by the Company to comply with any of
the provisions of Section 3(b) of this Agreement, other than an isolated,
insubstantial and inadvertent failure not occurring in bad faith and which is
remedied by the Company promptly after receipt of notice thereof given by the
Executive;
(iii) the Company's requiring the Executive to be based at any
office or location more than 35 miles from that provided in Section 3(a)(i)(B)
hereof;
(iv) any purported termination by the Company of the
Executive's employment otherwise than as expressly permitted by this Agreement;
or
(v) any failure by the Company to comply with and satisfy
Section 10(c) of this Agreement.
(d) Notice of Termination. Any termination by the Company for Cause,
or by the Executive for Good Reason, shall be communicated by Notice of
Termination to the other party hereto given in accordance with Section 11(b) of
this Agreement. For purposes of this Agreement, a "Notice of Termination" means
a written notice which (i) indicates the specific termination provision in this
Agreement relied upon, (ii) to the extent applicable, sets forth in reasonable
detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of
the Executive's employment under the provision so indicated and (iii) if the
Date of Termination (as defined below) is other than the date of receipt of such
notice, specifies the termination date (which date shall be not more than thirty
days after the giving of such notice). The failure by the Executive or the
Company to set forth in the Notice of Termination any fact or circumstance which
contributes to a showing of Good Reason or Cause shall not waive any right of
the Executive or the Company, respectively, hereunder or preclude the Executive
or the Company, respectively, from asserting such fact or circumstance in
enforcing the Executive's or the Company's rights hereunder.
(e) Date of Termination. "Date of Termination" means (i) if the
Executive's employment is terminated by the Company for Cause, or by the
Executive for Good Reason, the date of receipt of the Notice of Termination or
any later date specified therein within 30 days of such notice, as the case may
be, (ii) if the Executive's employment is terminated by the Company other than
for Cause or Disability, the Date of Termination shall be the date on which the
Company notifies the Executive of such termination and (iii) if the Executive's
employment is terminated by reason of death or Disability, the Date of
Termination shall be the date of
6
<PAGE>
death of the Executive or the Disability Effective Date, as the case may be.
5. Obligations of the Company upon Termination. (a) Good Reason;
Other Than for Cause, Death or Disability. If, during the Employment Period, the
Company shall terminate the Executive's employment other than for Cause or
Disability or the Executive shall terminate employment for Good Reason:
(i) the Company shall pay to the Executive in a lump sum in
cash within 30 days after the Date of Termination the aggregate of the following
amounts:
A. the sum of (1) the Executive's Annual Base Salary through
the Date of Termination to the extent not theretofore paid, and (2)
the product of (x) the highest annual bonus paid to the Executive
for any of the three years prior to the Effective Date (the "Recent
Annual Bonus") and (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the
number of days in the fiscal year in which the Date of Termination
occurs through the Date of Termination, and the denominator of which
is 365, in each case to the extent not theretofore paid (the sum of
the amounts described in clauses (1) and (2), shall be hereinafter
referred to as the "Accrued Obligations"); and
B. the amount equal to the product of (1) the number of months
and portions thereof from the Date of Termination until the third
anniversary of the Effective Date divided by twelve and (2) the sum
of (x) the Executive's Annual Base Salary and (y) the Recent Annual
Bonus; and
C. an amount equal to the excess of (a) the actuarial
equivalent of the benefit under the qualified defined benefit
retirement plan in which the Executive participates at the Date of
Termination (the "Retirement Plan") (utilizing actuarial assumptions
no less favorable to the Executive than those in effect under the
Retirement Plan immediately prior to the Effective Date), and any
excess or supplemental retirement plan in which the Executive
participates (together, the "SERP") which the Executive would
receive if the Executive's employment continued for three years
after the Date of Termination assuming for this purpose that all
accrued benefits are fully vested, and, assuming that the
Executive's compensation in each of the three years is that required
by Section 3(b)(i) and Section 3(b)(ii), over (b) the actuarial
equivalent of the Executive's actual benefit (paid or payable), if
7
<PAGE>
any, under the Retirement Plan and the SERP as of the Date of
Termination;
(ii) the Option and the Restricted Stock shall vest
immediately, provided, however, 25,000 shares of Restricted Stock shall not vest
in the event of a termination by the Executive for Good Reason; and
(iii) to the extent not theretofore paid or provided, the
Company shall timely pay or provide to the Executive any other amounts or
benefits required to be paid or provided or which the Executive is eligible to
receive under any plan, program, policy or practice or contract or agreement of
the Company and its affiliated companies on the Date of Termination (such other
amounts and benefits shall be hereinafter referred to as the "Other Benefits").
(b) Death. If the Executive's employment is terminated by reason of
the Executive's death during the Employment Period, this Agreement shall
terminate without further obligations to the Executive's legal representatives
under this Agreement, other than for payment of Accrued Obligations and the
timely payment or provision of Other Benefits. In addition, the Option and the
Restricted Stock shall vest immediately. Accrued Obligations shall be paid to
the Executive's estate or beneficiary, as applicable, in a lump sum in cash
within 30 days of the Date of Termination. With respect to the provision of
Other Benefits, the term Other Benefits as utilized in this Section 5(b) shall
include death benefits as in effect on the date of the Executive's death with
respect to the Vice Chairmen of the Company and his beneficiaries.
(c) Disability. If the Executive's employment is terminated by
reason of the Executive's Disability during the Employment Period, this
Agreement shall terminate without further obligations to the Executive, other
than for payment of Accrued Obligations and the timely payment or provision of
Other Benefits. In addition, the Option and the Restricted Stock shall vest
immediately. Accrued Obligations shall be paid to the Executive in a lump sum in
cash within 30 days of the Date of Termination. With respect to the provision of
Other Benefits, the term Other Benefits as utilized in this Section 5(c) shall
include, and the Executive shall be entitled after the Disability Effective Date
to receive, disability and other benefits as in effect at any time thereafter
generally with respect to the Vice Chairmen of the Company.
(d) Cause; Other than for Good Reason. If the Executive's employment
shall be terminated for Cause or the
8
<PAGE>
Executive terminates his employment without Good Reason during the Employment
Period, this Agreement shall terminate without further obligations to the
Executive other than the obligation to pay to the Executive (x) his Annual Base
Salary through the Date of Termination, and (y) Other Benefits, in each case to
the extent theretofore unpaid.
6. Non-exclusivity of Rights. Except as specifically provided,
nothing in this Agreement shall prevent or limit the Executive's continuing or
future participation in any plan, program, policy or practice provided by the
Company or any of its affiliated companies and for which the Executive may
qualify, nor, subject to Section 11(f), shall anything herein limit or otherwise
affect such rights as the Executive may have under any contract or agreement
with the Company or any of its affiliated companies. Amounts which are vested
benefits or which the Executive is otherwise entitled to receive under any plan,
policy, practice or program of or any contract or agreement with the Company or
any of its affiliated companies at or subsequent to the Date of Termination
shall be payable in accordance with such plan, policy, practice or program or
contract or agreement except as explicitly modified by this Agreement.
7. Full Settlement. The Company's obligation to make the payments
provided for in this Agreement and otherwise to perform its obligations
hereunder shall not be affected by any set-off, counterclaim, recoupment,
defense or other claim, right or action which the Company may have against the
Executive or others. In no event shall the Executive be obligated to seek other
employment or take any other action by way of mitigation of the amounts payable
to the Executive under any of the provisions of this Agreement and, such amounts
shall not be reduced whether or not the Executive obtains other employment. The
Company agrees to pay as incurred, to the full extent permitted by law, all
legal fees and expenses which the Executive may reasonably incur as a result of
any contest (regardless of the outcome thereof) by the Company, the Executive or
others of the validity or enforceability of, or liability under, any provision
of this Agreement or any guarantee of performance thereof (including as a result
of any contest by the Executive about the amount of any payment pursuant to this
Agreement), plus in each case interest on any delayed payment at the applicable
Federal rate provided for in Section 7872(f) (2) (A) of the Internal Revenue
Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code").
8. Certain Additional Payments by the Company.
(a) Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding and
except as set forth below, in the event it shall be determined that any payment
or distribution by the
9
<PAGE>
Company to or for the benefit of the Executive (whether paid or payable or
distributed or distributable pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or
otherwise, but determined without regard to any additional payments required
under this Section 8) (a "Payment") would be subject to the excise tax imposed
by Section 4999 of the Code or any interest or penalties are incurred by the
Executive with respect to such excise tax (such excise tax, together with any
such interest and penalties, are hereinafter collectively referred to as the
"Excise Tax"), then the Executive shall be entitled to receive an additional
payment (a "Gross-Up Payment") in an amount such that after payment by the
Executive of all taxes (including any interest or penalties imposed with respect
to such taxes), including, without limitation, any income taxes (and any
interest and penalties imposed with respect thereto) and Excise Tax imposed upon
the Gross-Up Payment, the Executive retains an amount of the Gross-Up Payment
equal to the Excise Tax imposed upon the Payments. Notwithstanding the foregoing
provisions of this Section 8 (a), if it shall be determined that the Executive
is entitled to a Gross-Up Payment, but that the Payments do not exceed 110% of
the greatest amount (the "Reduced Amount") that could be paid to the Executive
such that the receipt of Payments would not give rise to any Excise Tax, then no
Gross-Up Payment shall be made to the Executive and the Payments, in the
aggregate, shall be reduced to the Reduced Amount.
(b) Subject to the provisions of Section 8(c), all determinations
required to be made under this Section 8, including whether and when a Gross-Up
Payment is required and the amount of such Gross-Up Payment and the assumptions
to be utilized in arriving at such determination, shall be made by Ernst & Young
LLP or such other certified public accounting firm reasonably acceptable to the
Company as may be designated by the Executive (the "Accounting Firm") which
shall provide detailed supporting calculations both to the Company and the
Executive within 15 business days of the receipt of notice from the Executive
that there has been a Payment, or such earlier time as is requested by the
Company. All fees and expenses of the Accounting Firm shall be borne solely by
the Company. Any Gross-Up Payment, as determined pursuant to this Section 8,
shall be paid by the Company to the Executive within five days of (i) the later
of the due date for the payment of any Excise Tax, and (ii) the receipt of the
Accounting Firm's determination. Any determination by the Accounting Firm shall
be binding upon the Company and the Executive. As a result of the uncertainty in
the application of Section 4999 of the Code at the time of the initial
determination by the Accounting Firm hereunder, it is possible that Gross-Up
Payments which will not have been made by the Company should have been made
("Underpayment"), consistent with the calculations required to be made
hereunder. In the
10
<PAGE>
event that the Company exhausts its remedies pursuant to Section 8(c) and the
Executive thereafter is required to make a payment of any Excise Tax, the
Accounting Firm shall determine the amount of the Underpayment that has occurred
and any such Underpayment shall be promptly paid by the Company to or for the
benefit of the Executive.
(c) The Executive shall notify the Company in writing of any claim
by the Internal Revenue Service that, if successful, would require the payment
by the Company of the Gross-Up Payment. Such notification shall be given as soon
as practicable but no later than ten business days after the Executive is
informed in writing of such claim and shall apprise the Company of the nature of
such claim and the date on which such claim is requested to be paid. The
Executive shall not pay such claim prior to the expiration of the 30-day period
following the date on which it gives such notice to the Company (or such shorter
period ending on the date that any payment of taxes with respect to such claim
is due). If the Company notifies the Executive in writing prior to the
expiration of such period that it desires to contest such claim, the Executive
shall:
(i) give the Company any information reasonably requested by
the Company relating to such claim,
(ii) take such action in connection with contesting such claim
as the Company shall reasonably request in writing from time to time, including,
without limitation, accepting legal representation with respect to such claim by
an attorney reasonably selected by the Company,
(iii) cooperate with the Company in good faith in order
effectively to contest such claim, and
(iv) permit the Company to participate in any proceedings
relating to such claim;
provided, however, that the Company shall bear and pay directly all costs and
expenses (including additional interest and penalties) incurred in connection
with such contest and shall indemnify and hold the Executive harmless, on an
after-tax basis, for any Excise Tax or income tax (including interest and
penalties with respect thereto) imposed as a result of such representation and
payment of costs and expenses. Without limitation on the foregoing provisions of
this Section 8(c), the Company shall control all proceedings taken in connection
with such contest and, at its sole option, may pursue or forgo any and all
administrative appeals, proceedings, hearings and conferences with the taxing
authority in respect of such claim and may, at its sole option, either direct
the Executive to pay the tax claimed and sue
11
<PAGE>
for a refund or contest the claim in any permissible manner, and the Executive
agrees to prosecute such contest to a determination before any administrative
tribunal, in a court of initial jurisdiction and in one or more appellate
courts, as the Company shall determine; provided, however, that if the Company
directs the Executive to pay such claim and sue for a refund, the Company shall
advance the amount of such payment to the Executive, on an interest-free basis
and shall indemnify and hold the Executive harmless, on an after-tax basis, from
any Excise Tax or income tax (including interest or penalties with respect
thereto) imposed with respect to such advance or with respect to any imputed
income with respect to such advance; and further provided that any extension of
the statute of limitations relating to payment of taxes for the taxable year of
the Executive with respect to which such contested amount is claimed to be due
is limited solely to such contested amount. Furthermore, the Company's control
of the contest shall be limited to issues with respect to which a Gross-Up
Payment would be payable hereunder and the Executive shall be entitled to settle
or contest, as the case may be, any other issue raised by the Internal Revenue
Service or any other taxing authority.
(d) If, after the receipt by the Executive of an amount advanced by
the Company pursuant to Section 8 (c), the Executive becomes entitled to receive
any refund with respect to such claim, the Executive shall (subject to the
Company's complying with the requirements of Section 8(c)) promptly pay to the
Company the amount of such refund (together with any interest paid or credited
thereon after taxes applicable thereto). If, after the receipt by the Executive
of an amount advanced by the Company pursuant to Section 8 (c), a determination
is made that the Executive shall not be entitled to any refund with respect to
such claim and the Company does not notify the Executive in writing of its
intent to contest such denial of refund prior to the expiration of 30 days after
such determination, then such advance shall be forgiven and shall not be
required to be repaid and the amount of such advance shall offset, to the extent
thereof, the amount of Gross-Up Payment required to be paid.
9. Confidential Information. (a) The Executive shall hold in a
fiduciary capacity for the benefit of the Company all secret or confidential
information, knowledge or data relating to the Company or any of its affiliated
companies, and their respective businesses, which shall have been obtained by
the Executive during the Executive's employment by the Company or any of its
affiliated companies and which shall not be or become public knowledge (other
than by acts by the Executive or representatives of the Executive in violation
of this Agreement). After termination of the Executive's employment with the
Company, the Executive shall
12
<PAGE>
not, without the prior written consent of the Company or as may otherwise be
required by law or legal process, communicate or divulge any such information,
knowledge or data to anyone other than the Company and those designated by it.
In no event shall an asserted violation of the provisions of this Section 9
constitute a basis for deferring or withholding any amounts otherwise payable to
the Executive under this Agreement.
(b) In the event of a breach or threatened breach of this Section 9,
the Executive agrees that the Company shall be entitled to injunctive relief in
a court of appropriate jurisdiction to remedy any such breach or threatened
breach, the Executive acknowledges that damages would be inadequate and
insufficient.
(c) Any termination of the Executive's employment or of this
Agreement shall have no effect on the continuing operation of this Section 9.
10. Successors. (a) This Agreement is personal to the Executive and
without the prior written consent of the Company shall not be assignable by the
Executive otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and distribution. This
Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Executive's
legal representatives.
(b) This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon
the Company and its successors and assigns.
(c) The Company will require any successor (whether direct or
indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or
substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company to assume
expressly and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same
extent that the Company would be required to perform it if no such succession
had taken place. As used in this Agreement, "Company" shall mean the Company as
hereinbefore defined and any successor to its business and/or assets as
aforesaid which assumes and agrees to perform this Agreement by operation of
law, or otherwise.
11. Miscellaneous. (a) This Agreement shall be governed by and
construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without
reference to principles of conflict of laws. The captions of this Agreement are
not part of the provisions hereof and shall have no force or effect. This
Agreement may not be amended or modified otherwise than by a written agreement
executed by the parties hereto or their respective successors and legal
representatives.
13
<PAGE>
(b) All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in
writing and shall be given by hand delivery to the other party or by registered
or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed as
follows:
If to the Executive:
1709 N.W. Gregory Drive
Vancouver, Washington 98665
If to the Company:
First Bank Place
601 Second Avenue South
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402
Attention: General Counsel
or to such other address as either party shall have furnished to the other in
writing in accordance herewith. Notice and communications shall be effective
when actually received by the addressee.
(c) The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this
Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision
of this Agreement.
(d) The Company may withhold from any amounts payable under this
Agreement such Federal, state, local or foreign taxes as shall be required to be
withheld pursuant to any applicable law or regulation.
(e) The Executive's or the Company's failure to insist upon strict
compliance with any provision of this Agreement or the failure to assert any
right the Executive or the Company may have hereunder, including, without
limitation, the right of the Executive to terminate employment for Good Reason
pursuant to Section 4 (c) (i) - (v) of this Agreement, shall not be deemed to be
a waiver of such provision or right or any other provision or right of this
Agreement.
(f) The Executive and the Company acknowledge that, except as may
otherwise be provided under any other written agreement between the Executive
and the Company, the employment of the Executive by the Company is "at will",
and prior to the Effective Date, the Executive's employment may be terminated by
either the Executive or the Company at any time, in which case the Executive
shall have no further rights under this Agreement. From and after the Effective
Date this
14
<PAGE>
Agreement shall supersede any other employment, severance or change of control
agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.
(g) Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement, the Company
shall have no obligation to make any payments to Executive if or to the extent
such payments are prohibited by any applicable law or regulation, including,
without limitation, the FDIC's regulation regarding golden parachute and
indemnification payments promulgated under the Comprehensive Thrift and Bank
Fraud Prosecution and Taxpayer Recovery Act of 1990.
15
<PAGE>
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Executive has hereunto set the Executive's
hand and, pursuant to the authorization from its Board of Directors, the Company
has caused these presents to be executed in its name on its behalf, all as of
the day and year first above written.
/s/ Gary T. Duim
------------------------------
GARY T. DUIM
FIRST BANK SYSTEM, INC.
By /s/ JOHN F. GRUNDHOFER
----------------------------
<PAGE>
FIRST AMENDMENT
TO
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
THIS FIRST AMENDMENT to the Employment Agreement dated as of March 19,
1997 by and between U.S. Bancorp (formerly known as First Bank System, Inc.) and
Gary T. Duim is made effective as of June 4, 1998 by and between U.S. Bancorp, a
Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and Gary T. Duim (the "Executive").
WHEREAS, the Company and the Executive entered into that certain
Employment Agreement dated as of March 19, 1997 (hereinafter referred to as the
"Agreement"); and
WHEREAS, the Company and the Executive have agreed to amend the
Agreement as set forth in this first amendment (this "Amendment") in order to
eliminate a possible incentive for the Executive to terminate his employment
with the Company prematurely, and to promote parity among its similarly situated
officers.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants herein
contained, and other good and valuable consideration, the parties hereto agree
as follows:
1. Section 3(b)(v) of the Agreement is amended to add an additional
sentence immediately following the first sentence as follows:
"Notwithstanding anything in the preceding sentence to the contrary,
any Enhanced Retirement Benefit (as defined in USB's Amended and
Restated Supplemental Benefits Plan) payable to the Executive under
USB's Amended and Restated Supplemental Benefits Plan in accordance
with the preceding sentence shall be determined using a Reduction
Percentage (as defined in USB's Amended and Restated Supplemental
Benefits Plan) of 3 percent."
2. Except as above amended, the Agreement remains in full force and
effect.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and the Executive have executed this
Amendment as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.
U.S. BANCORP
By /s/ Robert H. Sayre
--------------------------------------
Its Executive Vice President,
Human Resources
/s/ Gary T. Duim
--------------------------------------
Gary T. Duim
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT 12
COMPUTATION OF RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Year Ended December 31 (Dollars in Millions) 1998 1997 1996 1995 1994
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
EARNINGS
1. Net income from continuing operations $1,327.4 $ 838.5 $1,218.7 $ 897.1 $ 568.2
2. Applicable income taxes 766.5 552.2 725.7 523.9 311.5
-------- -------- -------- -------- --------
3. Income before taxes (1 + 2) $2,093.9 $1,390.7 $1,944.4 $1,421.0 $ 879.7
-------- -------- -------- -------- --------
4. Fixed charges:
a. Interest expense excluding interest on deposits $ 955.8 $ 808.7 $ 702.5 $ 681.4 $ 486.3
b. Portion of rents representative of interest
and amortization of debt expense 47.7 41.2 45.4 46.6 48.7
-------- -------- -------- -------- --------
c. Fixed charges excluding interest on deposits (4a + 4b) 1,003.5 849.9 747.9 728.0 535.0
d. Interest on deposits 1,391.0 1,436.8 1,441.3 1,416.7 1,121.1
-------- -------- -------- -------- --------
e. Fixed charges including interest on deposits (4c + 4d) $2,394.5 $2,286.7 $2,189.2 $2,144.7 $1,656.1
-------- -------- -------- -------- --------
5. Amortization of interest capitalized $ -- $ -- $ -- $ -- $ .1
6. Earnings excluding interest on deposits (3 + 4c + 5) 3,097.4 2,240.6 2,692.3 2,149.0 1,414.8
7. Earnings including interest on deposits (3 + 4e + 5) 4,488.4 3,677.4 4,133.6 3,565.7 2,535.9
8. Fixed charges excluding interest on deposits (4c) 1,003.5 849.9 747.9 728.0 535.0
9. Fixed charges including interest on deposits (4e) 2,394.5 2,286.7 2,189.2 2,144.7 1,656.1
RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES
10. Excluding interest on deposits (line 6 / line 8) 3.09 2.64 3.60 2.95 2.64
11. Including interest on deposits (line 7 / line 9) 1.87 1.61 1.89 1.66 1.53
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
Exhibit 13
Pursuant to General Instruction (H) to Form 10-K the Company is filing an
integrated Annual Report on Form 10-K. See page 74 for 10-K cover page for
the sections of the Annual Report incorporated into the Form 10-K.
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT 21
U.S. BANCORP
BANKING AND NON-BANKING SUBSIDIARIES
BANK AND TRUST OPERATIONS
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
MINNESOTA
U.S. Bank National Association - Has branches in Minnesota,
Oregon, Washington, Colorado, California, Idaho, Nebraska,
North Dakota, Nevada, South Dakota, Iowa, Illinois, Utah,
Wisconsin, Kansas and Wyoming.
Melrose State Bank
The First National Bank of Little Falls
Zapp National Bank of St. Cloud
U.S. Bank Trust National Association
ARIZONA
U.S. Bank Trust National Association
CALIFORNIA
U.S. Bank Trust National Association
ILLINOIS
U.S. Bank Trust National Association
MONTANA
U.S. Bank National Association MT
U.S. Bank Trust National Association MT
NEW YORK
U.S. Bank Trust National Association
NORTH DAKOTA
U.S. Bank National Association ND
OREGON
U.S. Bank National Association OR
U.S. Bank Trust Company, National Association
SOUTH DAKOTA
U.S. Bank Trust National Association SD
WASHINGTON
Northwest National Bank
U.S. Bank Trust National Association
WYOMING
Wyoming Trust and Management Company
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
NON-BANKING SUBSIDIARIES
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
State of
Subsidiary Incorporation
---------- -------------
<S> <C>
FBS Capital I Delaware
First Building Corporation Minnesota
First Group Royalties, Inc. Minnesota
First System Services, Inc. Minnesota
U.S. Bancorp Capital I Delaware
U.S. Bancorp Card Services, Inc. Minnesota
U.S. Bancorp Community Development Corporation Minnesota
U.S. Bancorp Equity Capital, Inc. Minnesota
U.S. Bancorp Information Services, Inc. Minnesota
U.S. Bancorp Insurance Services, Inc. Delaware
U.S. Bancorp Investments, Inc. Minnesota
U.S. Bancorp Piper Jaffray Companies Inc. Delaware
U.S. Bancorp Venture Capital Corporation Minnesota
U.S. Trade Services, Inc. Oregon
USB Capital II Delaware
USB Trade Services Limited Hong Kong
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
Exhibit 23
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
We consent to the incorporation by reference in the following Registration
Statements and related Prospectuses of U.S. Bancorp of our report dated January
20, 1999, with respect to the consolidated financial statements of U.S. Bancorp
included in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) for the year ended December 31, 1998.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Registration
Form Statement No. Purpose
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C>
S-8 33-16242 1987 Stock Option Plan
S-8 33-52835 1988 Equity Participation Plan
S-8 333-01099 FirsTier Financial, Inc. Omnibus Equity Plan
(as assumed by U.S. Bancorp)
S-8 333-01421 1994 & 1991 Stock Incentive Plan
S-8 333-02623 1996 Stock Incentive Plan
S-8 333-02621 Amended & Restated Employee Stock Purchase Plan
S-8 333-21291 Capital Accumulation Plan
S-8 333-32653 Employee Investment Plan
S-8 333-32635 1997 Stock Incentive Plan
S-8 333-51627 Piper Jaffray Companies, Inc. 1993 Omnibus Stock Plan
(as assumed by U.S. Bancorp)
S-8 333-51635 1997 Stock Incentive Plan
S-8 333-51641 Capital Accumulation Plan
S-3 33-57169 Metropolitan Financial Corporation warrants
S-3 33-61667 Warrants for settlement of Edina Realty litigation
S-3 333-02983 Automatic Dividend Reinvestment and Common Stock
Purchase Plan
S-3 333-32701 Automatic Dividend Reinvestment and Common Stock
Purchase Plan (1997 DRIP)
S-3 333-45211 Universal Shelf Registration
S-3 333-67465 Libra Investments, Inc.
</TABLE>
/s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP
Minneapolis, Minnesota
February 22, 1999
<TABLE> <S> <C>
<PAGE>
<ARTICLE> 9
<LEGEND>
THIS SCHEDULE CONTAINS SUMMARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION EXTRACTED FROM THE U.S.
BANCORP DECEMBER 31, 1998, 10-K AND IS QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY BY REFERENCE TO
SUCH FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
</LEGEND>
<MULTIPLIER> 1,000
<S> <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE> 12-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END> DEC-31-1998
<PERIOD-START> JAN-01-1998
<PERIOD-END> DEC-31-1998
<CASH> 4,772,000
<INT-BEARING-DEPOSITS> 0
<FED-FUNDS-SOLD> 544,000
<TRADING-ASSETS> 537,000
<INVESTMENTS-HELD-FOR-SALE> 5,577,000
<INVESTMENTS-CARRYING> 0
<INVESTMENTS-MARKET> 0
<LOANS> 59,122,000
<ALLOWANCE> 1,000,900
<TOTAL-ASSETS> 76,438,000
<DEPOSITS> 50,034,000
<SHORT-TERM> 3,365,000
<LIABILITIES-OTHER> 2,172,000
<LONG-TERM> 13,781,000
0
0
<COMMON> 931,000
<OTHER-SE> 5,039,000
<TOTAL-LIABILITIES-AND-EQUITY> 76,438,000
<INTEREST-LOAN> 4,921,800
<INTEREST-INVEST> 366,400
<INTEREST-OTHER> 119,200
<INTEREST-TOTAL> 5,407,400
<INTEREST-DEPOSIT> 1,391,000
<INTEREST-EXPENSE> 2,346,800
<INTEREST-INCOME-NET> 3,060,600
<LOAN-LOSSES> 379,000
<SECURITIES-GAINS> 12,600
<EXPENSE-OTHER> 2,844,300
<INCOME-PRETAX> 2,093,900
<INCOME-PRE-EXTRAORDINARY> 1,327,400
<EXTRAORDINARY> 0
<CHANGES> 0
<NET-INCOME> 1,327,400
<EPS-PRIMARY> 1.81
<EPS-DILUTED> 1.78
<YIELD-ACTUAL> 4.87
<LOANS-NON> 278,900
<LOANS-PAST> 106,800
<LOANS-TROUBLED> 0
<LOANS-PROBLEM> 0
<ALLOWANCE-OPEN> 1,008,700
<CHARGE-OFFS> 592,100
<RECOVERIES> 157,900
<ALLOWANCE-CLOSE> 1,000,900
<ALLOWANCE-DOMESTIC> 0
<ALLOWANCE-FOREIGN> 0
<ALLOWANCE-UNALLOCATED> 0
</TABLE>
